Home

2014 SUPER DUTY Owner`s Manual - Dealer e

1. Super Duty TFA Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 Relay Blower motor 2 Not used 3 Relay Urea heaters diesel engine 4 Not used 5 Relay Rear window defroster Heated mirrors 6 Not used 7 50A Rear window defroster Heated mirrors 8 30A Passenger seat 9 30A Driver seat 10 Not used 1l Not used 215 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 2 30A Driver smart window motor 13 Not used 14 Not used 15 Diode Fuel pump diesel engine 16 Not used 17 15A Heated mirror 18 Not used 19 Not used 20 Not used 21 Not used 22 30A Trailer tow electric brake 23 4OA Blower motor 24 Not used 25 30A Wipers 26 30A Trailer tow park lamps 27 25A Urea heaters diesel engine 28 Buss bar 29 Relay Trailer tow park lamps 30 Relay A C clutch 31 Relay Wipers 32 Not used 33 15A Vehicle power 1 34 15A Vehicle power 2 diesel engine 20A Vehicle power 2 gas engine 35 1OA Vehicle power 3 36 15A Vehicle power 4 diesel engine 20A Vehicle power 4 gas engine Super Duty TFA 216 Fuses Fuse or relay num
2. 2 58 Anti Theft AlLArM eccecssesseseesesseeseesseseeseesseees 59 Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel 60 Audio Control Voice Control Crise COMO lssccsscssccstsssistesisitsersttesssstiaccdewareds 61 Information Display Control 61 Heated Steering Wheel cscs 62 Pedals Adjusting the Pedals 63 Wipers and Washers Windshield WiDePrs ccccscecesseseceseseseeseeees 64 Windshield WASNETS csscsessecsesseeseeseesees 64 Table of Contents Lighting Memory FUNCTION c cccccsessesesesesesseseseeeeesees 111 Lighting Control KOI AA 65 R ar SCAtS erreseina 112 Autolamps EE ENEA AATE 65 Heated SOAS ceecccsccsccsscscssescssescssessesesssseeees 115 Instrument Lighting Dimmer Sug 66 Ventilated Seats A A A 116 Daytime Running Lamps coved 66 Front Seat Armrest sicacedseceseecaneeessasessssesesesesven 117 Front Fog Lamps 67 Rear Seat ArMrest cesses 118 Direction INGICAtOIS ccsecseeseseeseeseeseeseesees 67 7 Interior LAMPS cesseseseesssesesesesessseseseeteeesees 67 Universal Garage Door Opener Windows and Mirrors Universal Garage Door Opener 119 Power WINCOWG c csssssseseeseeseeseeseeseeseeseessees 69 one e Global Opening 70 Auxiliary Power Points Exterior Mirrors Interior Mirror SUA VISOIS ami enana 73 MOONIOOF csscsssssssessssessesessesesseseesessestesesnesesseses 73 Instrument Cluster GAU ES era a 75 Warning Lam
3. E163825 1 Make sure the headlamps are off 2 Remove the screw and lens from the lamp assembly 3 Separate the bulb from the bulb socket 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order 241 Maintenance Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs If 2 Remove the two bolts from the tail Equipped lamp assembly and carefully pull the lamp assembly from the tailgate pillar by releasing the two retaining tabs 3 Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove from lamp assembly 4 Pull the bulb straight out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in reverse order Chassis Cabs Q E163826 1 Make sure the headlamps are off 2 Remove the bulb socket from the fog lamp by turning it counterclockwise 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing E163828 T Brake Tail Turn Reverse Lamp Bulbs 1 Make sure the headlamps are off 2 Remove the four screws and the lamp Pickup Models lens from lamp assembly 3 Carefully pull the bulb straight out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Cargo Lamp and High mount Brake Lamp Bulbs s v E163827 1 Make sure the headlamps are off then P open the tailgate to expose the lamp e 9 assemblies R A 1 242 Super Duty TFA Maintenance 4 5 Make sure the headlamps are Remove the screws and lamp assembly from the vehicle as permit
4. Vehicle Certification Label Transmission Code Designation Technical Specifications Audio System General Information ccccecseseeesseeseeees 301 Audio unit Vehicles With AM FM 302 Audio unit Vehicles With AM FM CD SYNC eenn seo 20 rec aR R 303 Audio unit Vehicles With Sony AM FM CDa ieee tate atdtateesgtacs 305 Digital RACIOL A ccseccssssessesesessesesseseesesees 306 Satellite RAGIOL cc cceessessestesestesesteseeeees 309 Audio Input JACK cccsescesestesesteseeestesteseeseees 311 USB POU secscsscscroacescescenesnssszaszaszssre ecesceseecsaceaces 312 Media HUB siiesccsracaeanckuninsn 312 SYNC General INFOrMatiOn cccccsessesesseeesees Using Voice RECOSNItiON cceseeeees Using SYNC With Your Phone SYNC Applications and Services 328 Using SYNC With Your Media PIA VON ities etiain 335 Table of Contents SYNC TroubleShooting ccccececcceees 343 MyFord Touch General INfOrMatiOn ccccseseeeseeeeeeee 349 Settings a EntertainMent cccccseseesesssesesesesssseeeeees 366 PRONG vecscseezeszesteereareniesaceaiciense i 383 INFOPTMATIONL c sesessestesessessestesestesestesesteseeseees 389 CUM ATC eeecccessssestesestesssseesesessesessestsseseeseenees 398 Navigation 400 Accessories ACCESSOTLICS csesessssesesesessssesssesssesesseseseseseees 409 Auxiliary SWITCHES ccecceseeestesestesesteseeteeee 410 Appendices End User License Agre
5. MEDIA Y l Lal SEEK Voy kee iN mo tne A Voice recognition B Phone mode E163052 See SYNC page 313 See MyFord Touch page 349 Super Duty TFA CRUISE CONTROL ir equipPep 9 Ca See Cruise Control page 174 E163053 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL Type1 E163054 61 Steering Wheel Type2 gt E163055 See Information Displays page 81 HEATED STEERING WHEEL ir EQUIPPED See MyFord Touch page 349 62 Super Duty TFA Pedals ADJUSTING THE PEDALS ir EQUIPPED Note Never use the controls while your feet are on the accelerator and brake pedals and the vehicle is moving You can find the control on the left side of the steering column Press and hold the appropriate side of the control to move the pedals a E162916 A Farther B Closer You can save and recall the pedal positions with the memory feature See Memory Function page 111 Note Adjust the pedals only when your vehicle is in P Park 63 Super Duty TFA Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure the windshield wipers are switched off before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note Do not operate the w
6. eaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster LENS 250 eaning the INtELiONM csecceseseseeseseeseeeeee 250 eaning the Windows and Wiper aa OOL Climate Control Voice Commands Climate Control Coolant Check See Engine Coolant Check Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator Creating a MyKey Principle of Operation Cruise control See Using Cruise Control Customer Assistance D Data Recording Event Data Recording lO Service Data RECOrING cscscsseeseessseseeeees 9 Daytime Running Lamps 66 Digital RAQO inira 306 HD Radio Reception and Station TrOUDIESHOOTING c cssescesesteseesescesesteseeseseens 307 Direction Indicators Lane Change Driver and Passenger Airbags Children and Airbags Passenger Airbag On and Off Switch Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Driving Through Water DRL See Daytime Running Lamps Index E Essential Towing Checks Before Towing a Trailer Economical Driving Hitches Electronic Locking Differenti Activating the Electronic Locking Differential Emission Control System 139 On Board Diagnostics OBD 1 ss 1 140 Trailer Lamps Readiness for Inspection Maintenance Trailer Towing Connector I M TOSting eesssssssssssseseessssessssecsssssesnnuasseet 140 Using a Step Bumper If Equipp vee End User License Agreement 412 When Towing a Trailer SYNC End User Licens
7. Button func Stability Roll stability Electronic Traction tions control light control stability controlsystem control Default at start Illuminated Enabled Enabled Enabled up during bulb check Button pressed Illuminated Enabled Enabled Disabled momentarily solid Button pressed Flashes then Disabled Disabled Disabled and held for illuminated more than 5 solid seconds at vehicle speed under 35 mph 56 km h Vehicle speed Illuminated Enabled Enabled Disabled exceeds 35 mph solid 56 km h after button is pressed and held for more than 5 seconds 166 Super Duty TFA Stability Control AdvanceTrac with RSC Features Single rear wheels only Button pressed Not illuminated Enabled Enabled Enabled again after deactivation Transfer case Illuminated Disabled Disabled Disabled switched to 4WD Low Electronic stability control has reduced sensitivity compared to fully active system 7Lamp light starts blinking for four seconds after entering the press and hold state Engaging 4WD Low locked automatically disables roll stability control electronic stability control and the traction control system 167 Super Duty TFA Terrain Response if Equipped PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Hill descent control cannot control descent in all surface conditions and circumstances such as ice or extremely steep grades Hill descent control is a driver assist system and cann
8. Diesel Warning Lights If your vehicle is equipped with a diesel engine it has some unique warning lights refer to your diesel supplement for detailed information on their function Diesel exhaust fluid of For more information see your 2 diesel supplement AAAA Super Duty TFA Glow plug pre heat For more information see your diesel supplement Water in fuel For more information see your B diesel supplement AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver s door and you have left the key in the ignition with it in the off or accessory position Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice oper
9. No Signal The signal is lost from the SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS tower to your vehicle antenna The signal is blocked When you move into an open area the signal should return Super Duty TFA 375 MyFord Touch if equipped Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Call SIRIUS Your satellite service isno Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 1 888 539 7474 longer available 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues None found Check Channel Guide All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station Subscription Updated vehicle SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your No action required SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice Commands satellite radio press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say SIRIUS then any of the following commands If you are listening to SIRIUS SIRIUS lt Channel name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT preset lt gt SAT 1 SAT 1 Preset lt gt SAT 2 Super Duty TFA 376
10. 2 Attach the strap hook onto the loop behind an adjacent seating position E162716 3 Install the child safety seat tightly using the vehicle belts Follow the instructions in this chapter 4 Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions You can use a single loop to route and anchor more than one child seat For example use the center loop as a routing loop for a child safety seat in the center rear seat and as an anchoring loop for child seats installed in the outboard rear seats BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and Super Duty TFA 80 pounds 36 kilograms and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Booster seats should be used until yo
11. AM FM Radio Touch the AM or FM tab to listen D to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on 368 Super Duty TFA Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location TAG Button This feature is available when HD Radio is on
12. Browse Sirius channel guide MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English Browse USB Help Sample commands If you only say Browse you can then lt 873710 2 gt say any commands in the following chart lt 530 1710 gt This command is only usable if you have lt Channel name gt an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio AM lt 530 1710 gt BROWSE FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt R Play album lt name gt lt League gt Games F Play artist lt name gt lt Sirius category gt channels yl SD card Play genre lt name gt Sirius Channel Guide Play playlist lt name gt Play song lt name gt USB Help Play lt name gt This command is only usable if you have Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite names radio For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD Card and USB Port section of this chapter 367 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch if equipped Sample commands Sirius lt O 223 gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt
13. Maintenance G Air filter assembly H Power steering fluid reservoir l Engine oil filler cap J Battery UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 6 8L Note Refer to the diesel supplement for diesel engine component locations A B C D EF G E163635 A B C D E E DEALER Super Duty TFA Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Battery Automatic transmission fluid dipstick Engine oil filler cap Engine oil dipstick Maintenance Power steering fluid reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Air filter assembly Power distribution box ran ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK E161560 A MIN B MAX ENGINE OIL CHECK Note For diesel engine information refer to the diesel supplement 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Turnthe engine off and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is in P 4 Open the hood Protect yourself from engine heat 5 Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick See the Under Hood Overview in this chapter for location of dipstick w Super Duty TFA 6 Wipe the dipstick clean Insert the dipstick fully then remove it again If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes the oil level is acceptable DO NOT ADD OIL If the oil level is below the lower hole add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper hol
14. 2 Remove the filler plug and inspect the fluid level 3 Add only enough fluid through the filler opening so that the fluid level is at the bottom of the opening Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications Refer to the See Capacities and Specifications page 292 section Super Duty TFA BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Check the power steering fluid See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 If adding fluid is necessary use only MERCON LV ATF Note This procedure is for vehicles with gasoline engines Vehicles with diesel engines are similar See Under Hood Overview in your diesel supplement Check the fluid level when it is at ambient temperature 1 Check the fluid level in the reservoir It should be between the MIN and MAX range Do not add fluid if the level is within this range 2 Ifthe fluid level is low add fluid to bring the fluid level up to between the MIN and MAX range Switch the engine on 4 While the engine idles turn the steering wheel left and right several times 5 Switch the engine off w Maintenance 6 Recheck the fluid level in the reservoir Do not add fluid if the level i
15. SIRIUS SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Sirius off Sirius on Sports game Tune Help If you have said Sports game see the following Sports game chart If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart MyFord Touch it equipped SPORTS GAME Tune to the lt college name gt game Tune to the lt team city gt game Tune to the lt team city gt lt team name gt game Tune to the lt team name gt game Help TUNE lt Channel Name gt Preset lt gt SAT SAT 1 SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Help cD Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the CD tab You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Super Duty TFA Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information Options Sound Settings Touch this b
16. 3 Rotate the panels toward the tailgate Repeat Steps 1 3 on the other side of your vehicle E163098 4 Connect the two panels Rotate both knobs one quarter turn clockwise to secure the panels Super Duty TFA E163099 5 Make sure to insert the latch rod into the tailgate hole Make sure to engage both sides of the locking pins into their holes in the pick up box Reverse the steps to store the bed extender Grocery Mode E163100 Follow Steps 1 4 of the tailgate mode instructions by rotating the panels away from the tailgate Close the tailgate Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label A Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Your vehicle may have electrical items such as fuses or relays related to towing See the Fuses chapter Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by volume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Super Duty TFA Load Placement To h
17. Audio list of commands Bluetooth audio list of commands Browse list of commands CD list of commands Climate control list of commands List of commands Navigation list of commands Phone list of commands Radio list of commands SD card list of commands u Sirius satellite list of commands Travel link list of commands USB list of commands Voice instructions list of commands Voice settings list of commands Help This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot This command is only available when you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio subscription Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback Super Duty TFA Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings Phone and
18. Do not use Fuels containing more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel Fuels containing methanol Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT Prohibited by law you cannot use leaded fuel Refer to the diesel supplement for information regarding diesel fuel recommendations and requirements of your diesel powered truck Choosing the Right Fuel Witha Flex Fuel Vehicle If Equipped Note Flex fuel vehicles will have a yellow fuel cap 135 Super Duty TFA Use only unleaded gasoline or unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 85 ethanol E 85 in your flex fuel vehicle FFV Do not use Fuels containing more than 85 ethanol or E 100 fuel Fuels containing methanol Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT Prohibited by law you cannot use leaded fuel Your warranty will not cover any vehicle damage loss of vehicle performance or repairs to your vehicle caused by the use of fuel not recommended It is best not to alternate repeatedly between gasoline and E85 If you do switch fuels it is recommended that you add as much fuel as possible at least half a tank Do not add less than 5 0 gal 18 9 L when refueling Yo
19. Driving Hints Break ites enn Economical Driving Driving Through Water Floor Mats S SNOWDLOWING csccsessesessesessessestesesteseeteseeeees Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance 204 Hazard Warning Flashers 205 FUCLSAUTLOT fiiewtetvasati vss 205 Jump Starting the Vehicle 205 Post Crash Alert SYStEM cccceseeeseees 207 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need 208 In California U S OMY 209 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 210 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Onlly c ccccssecseceeee 210 Getting Assistance Outside the U S ana C 211 Ordering Additional Owner s Literature Reporting Safety Defects U S OA ecdessceiiscossscestiesissensiectadeassacesthianiedaiiess 212 Reporting Safety Defects Canada ONY asics ntiaeiaid didi ieee 213 Fuses Changing a FUSE esecsesesessesestesestesesteesesees 214 Table of Contents Fuse Specification Chart 215 Maintenance General INfOrmatiOn ccccceseseceseeeseees Opening and Closing the Hood Under Hood Overview 6 2L cscsesceceeee Under Hood Overview 6 8L Engine Oil Dipstick eee Engine Oil CROCK cccsessessssesssseesesseseeeses Engine Coolant Che cK cccessessssesseeseseees Automatic Transmission Fluid Transfer Case Fluid Check a Brake Fluid CHECK ccesescessssesteseesesteseeesees 234 Power Steering Fluid Ch
20. Super Duty TFA SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Note The system attempts to automatically re download your phonebook and call history each time your phone connects to SYNC if the auto download feature is on and your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone supports this feature Phonebook Access and call any contacts in your previously down loaded phonebook 1 Press OK to confirm and enter If your phonebook has fewer than 255 listings they appear alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 entries the system organizes them into alphabetical categories 2 Scroll until the desired contact appears then press OK 3 Press OK or the phone button Text Message Send download and delete text messages Phone Settings View your phone s status set ring tones select your message notification change phone book entries and automatically download your cellular phone among other features SYNC Services Access the SYNC Services portal where you can request various types of information traffic reports and directions 911 Assist Place an emergency call to a 911 operator for you after an accident when used properly Vehicle Health Report 3 Create and receive a diagnostic report card on your vehicle Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone System Settings Access Bluetooth Devices men
21. You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive the vehicle with caution The vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine 2 Arrange for the vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving the vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engine damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 230 Super Duty TFA Engine Fluid Temperature Management If Equipped WARNING To reduce the risk of collision and injury be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the fluid temperatures reduce Your vehicle has been designed to pulla trailer but because of the added load the vehicle s engine may temporarily reach higher temperatures during severe operating conditions such as ascending a long or steep grade while pulling a trailer in hot ambient temperatures At this time you may notice your engine coolant temperature gauge needle move t
22. r Child seat tether anchor E C Cruise control 2 Do not open when hot Super Duty TFA Engine air filter Engine coolant ine coolant temperature r m a ine oil m gt da osive gas Fan warning Fasten safety belt Scog Front airbag de Front fog lamps Fuel pump reset Fuse compartment Hazard warning flashers Heated rear window Heated windshield pagane Interior luggage compartment release is Introduction Jack ejt N Lighting control OD 4 N Low tire pressure warning Maintain correct fluid level Note operating instructions Panic alarm Parking aid Parking brake Power steering fluid Power windows front rear Power window lockout Service engine soon oeb telele Side airbag J Super Duty TFA Keep out of reach of children Shield the eyes Ea Stability control Windshield wash and wipe DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received thr
23. 75 Relay Trailer tow right hand stop turn 76 Relay Trailer tow backup lamp 77 Not used 78 Not used 79 Not used 80 Not used 81 Not used 82 20A Auxiliary power point 2 83 20A Auxiliary power point 1 84 30A 4x4 shift motor 85 30A Heated cooled seats Super Duty TFA 218 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 86 25A Anti lock brake system coil feed 87 20A Auxiliary power point 5 88 20A Auxiliary power point 6 89 40A Starter motor 90 25A Trailer tow battery charge 91 Not used 92 20A Auxiliary power point 4 93 20A Auxiliary power point 3 94 25A Auxiliary switch 1 95 25A Auxiliary switch 2 96 50A Anti lock brake system pump 97 40A Inverter 98 Not used 99 40A Instrument panel power inverter 100 25A Trailer tow turn signals 101 Relay Starter 102 Relay Trailer tow battery charge 103 Not used 104 Not used 105 E Not used 106 Not used 107 Not used Cartridge fuses Mini fuses 219 Super Duty TFA Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel The fuse panelis in the passenger footwell Remove the panel cover to access the fuses Pull the fuse panel cover toward you to remove it When the clips of the panel disengage let the panel fall easily Use the provided fuse puller tool to remove a fuse It is on the fu
24. A gt AN ICER A E162825 E162823 2 Hold the ornament so that all of the f retention clips are sitting on the flange of the lug nuts E162826 Stowing the Flat or Spare Tire Note Failure to follow spare tire stowage instructions may result in failure of cable or loss of spare tire E162824 3 Use your hand or rubber mallet to tap Note f you are stowing a tire that requires the ornament in a star pattern There reattaching it to the vehicle with a tether should be an even gap between the perform these steps first then proceed with ornament and the wheel the following steps 4 Be sure to install all the clips on the 1 Place the tire on end with the valve nuts over the flanges so that there is stem facing toward the front of the an even gap all around and the vehicle retention clips are fully seated 2 Place the tether into the bolt holes in the wheel and attach the lug nut using the lug wrench 288 Super Duty TFA Wheels and Tires E162800 3 4 Lay the tire on the ground with the valve stem facing up Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center Pull on the cable to align the components at the end of the cable Turn the jack handle clockwise until the tire is raised to its stowed position underneath the vehicle The effort to turn the jack handle increases significantly and the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips wh
25. Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal When washing Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage Vehicle Care Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine CLEANING THE EXHAUST WARNINGS Failure to maintain the functional holes in the tailpipe section of the exhaust clean and free of debris or foreign material may result in the holes becoming blocked or plugged Do not modify or remove the tail pipe section Blocked or plugged holes or removal modification of the system could result in elevated exhaust gas temperatures which may result in vehicle property damage or personal injury The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high Never work around or attempt to repair any
26. R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Overdrive with tow haul off D Overdrive with tow haul off is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through five D Overdrive with tow haul on amp E163182 The tow haul feature improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load All transmission gear ranges are available when using tow haul TOW To activate tow haul press the HAUL button on the end of the gearshift lever The TOW HAUL indicator light will illuminate in the instrument cluster Transmission Tow haul delays upshifts to reduce frequency of transmission shifting Tow haul also provides engine braking in all forward gears when the transmission is in the D Overdrive position this engine braking will slow the vehicle and assist the driver in controlling the vehicle when descending a grade Depending on driving conditions and load conditions the transmission may downshift slow the vehicle and control the vehicle speed when descending a hill without the accelerator pedal being pressed The amount of downshift
27. Set the fan speed to the highest setting Direct the outer instrument panel vents toward the side windows To increase airflow to the outer instrument panel vents close the vents located in the middle of the instrument panel 2 3 Super Duty TFA 106 HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS Heated Rear Window it Equipped Note The engine must be running to use this feature Note f your vehicle is equipped with a sliding rear window the feature still operates when you open the window Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 10 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 10 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines Your warranty does not cover this damage Heated Exterior Mirror if Equipped Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass that has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products The heated mirrors remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window REMOTE START iF equipped The climate control system adjust
28. XXX outside air temperature This displays the outside temperature MYKEY MILES km For more information See Principle of Operation page 50 XXX MILES km TOE This displays an estimate of approximately how far you can drive with the fuel remaining in your tank under normal driving conditions Remember to turn the ignition off when refueling to allow this feature to correctly detect the added fuel Distance to empty is calculated using a running average fuel economy which is based on your recent driving history of 500 miles 800 km Super Duty TFA This value is not the same as the average fuel economy display The running average fuel economy is re initialized to a factory default value if the battery is disconnected XX X AVG MPG L 100km Average fuel economy displays your average fuel economy in miles gallon or liters 100 km MPG L km Displays the instantaneous fuel economy as a bar graph Your vehicle must be moving to calculate instantaneous fuel economy Instantaneous fuel economy cannot be reset TIMER Displays the trip elapsed drive time Press and release RESET to pause the timer Press and hold RESET to reset the timer TBC GAIN Displays the level of trailer brake gain or if the trailer is not connected Information Displays EXHAUST FILTER For more information refer to the Diesel supplement System check and vehicle feature customization Press the SETUP
29. or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone mode press and hold the phone button Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or by pressing the phone button on your steering wheel controls Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing and holding the phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter anumber and place a call During an active call you can also choose to Mute the call Put the call on hold Turn on the privacy feature MyFord Touch if equipped Join two calls End the call Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from your phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To turn on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled
30. Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician E142534 Super Duty TFA Using Cinch Tongue Lap and Shoulder Belts All Front Center Super Cab and Crew Cab Rear Center Positions WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move seat all the way back Rear facing child seats should never be placedin front of an active airbag Always use both lap and shoulder safety belt in the Regular Cab center seating position if applicable The belt webbing below the tongue is the lap portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt and the belt webbing above the tongue is the shoulder belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in the front center seat Child Safety E162708 2 E142530 3 Slide the tongue up the webbing Whi
31. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound Super Duty TFA 307 Audio System In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current loc
32. For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Super Duty TFA 276 Wheels and Tires When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires Such as at a gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly ower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning ight for low tire pressure If
33. For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See SYNC page 313 Super Duty TFA CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine 1y exhaust certain vehicle components certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal For more information visit Web Address www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate FORD CREDIT U S Only Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account Phone 1 800 727 7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit as well as access Account Manager please go to www fordcredit com Introduction REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever you
34. If Equipped 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 91 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the Unite
35. Pause Play Play next track Play previous track 337 SYNC If Equipped Media Menu Features and also to add connect or delete devices The media menu allows you to select your 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter media source how to play your music the media menu such as by artist genre shuffle or repeat 2 Scroll to cycle through When you select You can Play Menu Play your music by artist album genre playlist track similar music or play all music You can also choose to Explore USB to view the supported digital music files on your playing device Select Source Select and play music from your USB port auxiliary input jack line in or stream music from your Bluetooth enabled phone SYNC USB Press OK to access music plugged into your USB port You can also plug in devices to charge them if supported by your device Once connected the system indexes any readable media files Bluetooth Audio This is a phone dependent feature that allows you to stream music playing on your Bluetooth enabled phone If supported by your device you can press SEEK to play the previous or next track SYNC Line In Press OK to select and play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Media Settings Choose to shuffle or repeat your music and select your Autoplay settings Once you turn these selections on they remain on you turn them off
36. SYNC Media by pressing OK 6 Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com SYNC If Equipped To Access Using the Media Menu 1 Press the AUX button on the center console 2 Press MENU to access the SYNC menu 3 Select SYNC Media by pressing OK 4 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications 5 Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 6 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu Select SYNC Media by pressing OK Scroll until lt App name gt Menu is displayed such as Pandora Menu then press OK From here you can access an application s features such as Thumbs up and Thumbs down For more information please visit www SYNCMyRide com o x To Access Using Voice Commands 1 Press the voice icon 2 When prompted say Mobile Apps 3 Say the name of the application after the tone 4 The app should start While an app is running through SYNC you can press the voice button and speak commands specific to the app such as Play Station Quickmix Say Help to discover available voice commands Super Duty TFA USING SYNC WI
37. Safety and Health Administration regulations For example during Wheels and Tires any procedure involving tire inflation the technician or individual must utilize a remote E161437 Super Duty TFA inflation device and ensure that all persons are clear of the trajectory area f 266 Wheels and Tires E161438 WARNING Stay out of the trajectory 1 as indicated in the illustration Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive Super Duty TFA wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires including the spare frequently and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Wheels and Tires Tire Wear E142546 When the trea
38. a status of the item if needed Note Some systems show a message only if a condition is present OIL LIFE Displays the remaining oil life An oil change is required whenever indicated by the information display and according to the recommended maintenance schedule USE ONLY RECOMMENDED ENGINE OILS To reset the oil monitoring system to 100 after each oil change perform the following Press and release the SETUP button to display OILLIFE XXX HOLD RESET NEW 2 Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds and release to reset the oil life to 100 Note 70 change oil life 100 value if equipped with this feature to another value proceed to Step 3 Super Duty TFA 3 Once OIL LIFE SET TO XXX is displayed release and press the RESET button to change the Oil Life Start Value Each release and press will reduce the value by 10 UNITS Displays the current units English or Metric AUTOLAMP SEC This feature keeps your headlights on for up to three minutes after the ignition is switched off AUTOLOCK This feature automatically locks all vehicle doors when the vehicle is shifted into any gear putting the vehicle in motion AUTOUNLOCK This feature automatically unlocks all vehicle doors when the driver s door is opened within 10 minutes of the ignition being turned off COURTESY WIPE This feature allows for an extra swipe of the wipers after a wipe wash cycle Information Display
39. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb 1400 750 5x 150 650 lb Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity Super Duty TFA 182 Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you four of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 pounds 99 kilograms each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds 13 5 kilograms each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5x30 1400 1100 150 150 pounds Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 5 x 99 kilograms 5 x 13 5 kilograms 635 495 67 5 72 5 kilograms Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You and on
40. carefully and keep out of children s reach Grasp the bulb only by its plastic base and do not touch the glass The oil from your hand could cause the bulb to break the next time the headlamps are operated Note f the bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Note This procedure is for replacing the headlamps park lamps or turn lamps 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the Off position and open the hood Maintenance E163821 Using masking tape or a marker make analignment mark between one of the grille brackets and the vehicle radiator support to ensure correct grille alignment during the installation procedure Do not scratch the black coating from the radiator support Remove the two grille to headlamp assembly push pins and the four bolts attaching the top of the grille to the radiator support Pull the top of the grille forward to gain access to the lower grille spring clips Depress the spring clips through the lower inner grille access openings using a flat head screwdriver Pull the grill straight out to remove Pull the assembly straight out disengaging one snap clip from the fender Disconnect the electrical connector by squeezing the release tab and pushing the connector forward then pulling it rearward E163823 9 For the headlamp bulb remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out E16
41. damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest then Map See Map mode later in this chapter Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route Super Duty TFA 1 Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear 2 Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it asa favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation 3 Choose
42. disc playback MP3 track mode system default and MP3 folder mode MP3 track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 disc The player numbers each MP3 track on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension from TOO to a maximum of T255 The maximum number of playable MP3 files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present Audio System MP3 folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 tracks on the disc noted by the mp3 file extension and all folders containing MP3 files from FOO folder TOO track to F253 T255 Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation through the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than mp3 only files with the mp3 extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all mp3 files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the mp3 files in the current folder AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH AM FM WARNING Driving while distracted can r
43. or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE _XX XX VWR XXXX KG XXXX LB FRONT GAWR REAR GAWR XXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WTH XXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXXXXXXXXXKX TIRES XXXXXX RIMS XXXXXXX RIMS XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD HIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE VIN JO0OOOOOONXXXXXXX Eng TYPE Ea ai T OOX TR ME p 7 err XXX X XXX X X XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXX XXXXXXX XX The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission E167814 description Description Code Five speed automatic transmission 5R110W 44T Six speed automatic transmission 6R140 44P Six speed automatic transmission 6R140W 44W 295 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Front axle Spindle bearing Capacity 5 8 pints 2 8L Ford part name or equivalent Motorcraft SAE 80W 90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant High Temperature 4X4 Front Axle and Wheel Bearing Grease Ford part number Ford specification XY 80W 90 OL WSP M2C197 A XG 11 WSS MI1C267 Al Rear axle F 250 350 10 50 inch axle 6 9 pints 3 3L Motorcr
44. phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such as turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Super Duty TFA 386 Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone SYNC gives you the ability to send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu Select Messaging Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete 2 3 Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sendi
45. shift Shifting to from 4L 4X4 low Note Some noise may be heard as the system shifts or engages this is normal Note 4x4 low mode is not intended for use on dry pavement 1 Bring the vehicle to a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less 2 Place the transmission in N Neutral 3 Move the 4WD control to the desired position The information display will display a message indicating a 4X4 shift is in progress The information display will then display the system mode selected If any of the above shift conditions are not met the shift will not occur and the information display will display information guiding the driver through the proper shifting procedures Four Wheel Drive it Equipped If SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARD is displayed in the information display transfer case gear tooth blockage is present To alleviate this condition place the transmission in a forward gear move the vehicle forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters and shift the transmission back to neutral to allow the transfer case to complete the range shift How Your Vehicle Differs From Other Vehicles WARNING Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and four wheel drive vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and four wheel drive vehicles are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactor
46. telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists Super Duty TFA 274 When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System SS E142549 Note Fach road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the
47. temperatures see your authorized dealer Fuel Gauge Note The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located The needle should move toward F when you refuel your vehicle If the needle points to E after adding fuel this indicates your vehicle needs service soon After refueling some variability in needle position is normal It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station If the gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full try a different gas pump nozzle Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1 16th Instrument Cluster Variations Driving type fuel economy conditions Fuel gauge position Distance to empty towing extended idle Highway driving 1 16th 35 miles to 80 miles 56 km to 129 km Severe duty driving trailer 1 16th 35 miles 56km Information Display Odometer Located in the bottom of the info
48. yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of Reverse R and into any gear other than Park P the camera image remains in the display until your vehicle speed reaches 6 mph 10 km h or 10 seconds elapses This occurs when the rear camera delay feature ison Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF 173 Super Duty TFA Cruise Control if Equipped PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Note Cruise control will disengage
49. Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route Bypass route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty Select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Turn these features ON or OFF Use HOV Lanes Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts Have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Turn this feature ON or OFF Super Duty TFA Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route
50. Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report if Equipped WARNING Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the United States Super Duty TFA Note Your Vehicle Health R
51. D Overdrive position this engine braking will slow the vehicle and assist the driver in controlling the vehicle when descending a grade Depending on driving conditions and load conditions the transmission may downshift slow the vehicle and control the vehicle speed when descending a hill without the accelerator pedal being pressed The amount of downshift braking provided will vary based upon the amount the brake pedal is pressed Tow haul may be automatically activated without pressing the tow haul button This provides engine braking to assist the vehicles braking system when going downhill and repetitive braking is sensed Once the tow haul mode has been automatically activated it will not automatically deactivate To deactivate the tow haul feature and return to normal driving mode press the button on the end of the gearshift lever The TOW HAUL light will no longer be illuminated Tow haul will also deactivate when the vehicle is powered down for a few minutes WARNING Do not use the tow haul feature when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide and the vehicle to swing around with the possible loss of vehicle control Transmission M Manual without Overdrive With the gearshift lever in M Manual the driver can change gears up or down as desired This is called SelectShift Automatic transmission SST mode By moving the gearshi
52. Every 7500 miles 12000 km or six months whichever comes first Change engine oil and filter Rotate tires inspect tire wear and measure tread depth Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Perform multi point inspection recommended Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted Every 15000 miles 24000 km or 12 months whichever comes first Inspect automatic transmission fluid level Consult dealer for requirements Inspect brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect exhaust system and heat shields Inspect front axle and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings Four wheel drive vehicles Inspect steering linkage ball joints suspension tie rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings Other maintenance items Replace climate controlled heated and cooled seat Every 30000 miles 48000 fitter km i Replace engine air filter Every 60000 miles 96000 Change automatic transmission fluid and filter on 5 speed km transmission Consult dealer for requirements 433 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance Other maintenance items Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease
53. In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems We recommend having the following multi point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi point inspection Accessory drive belt s Horn operation Battery performance Radiator cooler heater and A C hoses Engine air filter Suspension component for leaks or damage Exhaust system Steering and linkage Exterior lamps and hazard warning system Tires including spare for wear and proper operation pressure Fluid levels fill if necessary Windshield for cracks chips or pits For oil and fluid leaks Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission power steering and window washer If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed 432 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance Be sure to ask your dealership service your vehicle Your checklist gives you advisor or technician about the multi point immediate feedback on the overall vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive condition of your vehicle way to perform a thorough inspection of NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 6 2L and 6 8L Gasoline Engines
54. Manual Damage to the unit may result Adjust gain setting before using the trailer brake controller for the first time Adjust gain setting using the procedure above whenever road weather and trailer or vehicle loading conditions change from when the gain was initially set Only use the manual control lever for proper adjustment of the gain during trailer setup Misuse such as application during trailer sway could cause instability of trailer or tow vehicle Super Duty TFA 194 Avoid towing in adverse weather conditions The trailer brake controller does not provide anti lock control of the trailer wheels Trailer wheels can lock up on slippery surfaces resulting in reduced stability of trailer and tow vehicle The trailer brake controller is equipped with a feature that reduces output at vehicle speeds below 11 mph 18 km h so trailer and vehicle braking is not jerky or harsh This feature is only available when applying the brakes using your vehicle s brake pedal not the controller The controller interacts with the brake control system and powertrain control system of your vehicle to provide the best performance on different road conditions Your vehicle s brake system and the trailer brake system work independently of each other Changing the gain setting on the controller does not affect the operation of your vehicle s brakes whether you attach a trailer or not When you switch the engine of
55. Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 1 Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Voice Control 2 Select from Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands 1 Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2 Say any of the following commands Voice settings using voice commands Confirmation prompts off Confirmation prompts on Interaction mode advanced MyFord Touch it equipped Voice settings using voice commands Interaction mode novice Media candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Phone candidate lists on Help SETTINGS E161968 Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help nmo 0U gt 356 Super Duty TFA Using Voice Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a vo
56. Mode Use this mode any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions You should properly restrain children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible See Child Safety page 15 Super Duty TFA 31 How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode E142591 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer Safety Belts Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position t
57. Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 44 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance 442 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 443 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance 444 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance O Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 445 Super Duty TFA 446 Super Duty TFA Index 4 4WD See Four Wheel Drive 149 A A C See Climate Control About This Manual Protecting the EnvirONMenNt c cssseeseeeeees 7 ABS SOG Brake si ccissccisiasscrnccrecsaenaiihentcnnnc 160 ABS driving hints See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Accessories Exterior style Interior style Lifestyle a P ac of MIN eesecseesestessesesseesteseestesteseeeens 409 Accessories See Replacement Parts Recommendation Adjusting the Headlamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Vertical Aim Adjustment 238 Adjusting the Pedals 63 Adjusting the Steering Wheel 60 Airbag DiSPOSAL cccescssessesestesesseseeteseeseens 45 Air Conditioning See Climate Control cece 103 Alarm See Anti Theft Al
58. OK again when Join Calls appears Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through your phone book contacts 2 Press OK again when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button Call History Access your call history log 1 Press OK to select then scroll through your call history options incoming outgoing or missed 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 Press the phone button to call the selection Return Exit the current menu 1 Press the phone button to enter the Accessing Features through the phone menu Phone Menu 2 Scroll to cycle through SYNC s phone menu allows you to redial a number access your call history and phonebook and sends text messages as well as access phone and system settings You can also access advanced features such as 91 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services When you select You can Phone Redial Redial the last number called if available Press OK to select and then press OK again to confirm Call History Access any previously dialed received or missed calls after you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC 1 Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select from Call History Incoming Call History Outgoing or Call History Missed Press OK to make your selection 3 Press OK or the phone button to call the desired selec tion 321
59. Park 2 Turnoff the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD E142457 1 To open the hood go inside the vehicle and pull the hood release handle located under the left hand side of the instrument panel Maintenance 2 Goto the front of the vehicle and 5 To close the hood lower the hood and locate the secondary release lever allow it to drop the last 8 to 11 inches which is located under the front of the 20 to 30 centimeters hood to your right of the center of the Note Make sure that the hood is closed vehicle driver s side toward the properly headlight 3 Release the hood latch by pushing the 7 secondary release lever to your left UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW toward the center of the vehicle 6 2L ise the hood A Balbo tE Ngo Note Refer to the diesel supplement for diesel engine component locations A B C D EF E163634 Windshield washer fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick Automatic transmission fluid dipstick Brake fluid reservoir Engine coolant reservoir Power distribution box mmonoW gt 224 b t E L G rn Super Duty TFA m
60. Phonebook appears press OK to confirm SYNC takes you back to the Phone Settings menu Download Phonebook Press OK to select then and press OK again when Confirm Download appears Auto Download Automatically download your phone book each time your phone connects to SYNC Press OK to select When Auto Download On appears press OK to have your phonebook automatically down loaded each time Select Off if you do not want to download your phonebook every time your phone connects to SYNC Your phonebook call history and text messages can only be accessed when your specific phone is connected to SYNC Return Exit the current menu Downloading times are phone dependent and quantity dependent When Auto Downloadis on it automatically deletes any changes additions or deletions saved since your last download System Settings This menu provides access to your Bluetooth Devices and Advanced menu features Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the menu options Super Duty TFA Bluetooth Devices The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete devices set a phone as primary as well as turn your Bluetooth feature on and off 325 SYNC If Equipped 1 Press the phone button to enter the 3 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK phone menu 4 Scroll to select from the following 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK options If you select Yo
61. Press SEEK to play the previous or next track Shuffle Press OK to shuffle available media files in the current playlist To shuffle all media tracks you must select Play Allin the play menu and then select Shuffle Repeat Press OK to repeat any song Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Mobile Apps Interact with SYNC capable mobile applications on your smartphone Super Duty TFA 338 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can System Settings Access Bluetooth Device menu listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Media Menu Press OK to exit the media menu The time required to complete this depends on the size of the media the system needs to index If autoplay is on you can listen to media processed during indexing If autoplay is off you cannot listen to music until the system finishes indexing media SYNC is capable of indexing thousands of average size media and notifies you if it reaches the maximum indexing file size If you have already connected a device to the USB port you cannot access the line in feature Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stre
62. Reset Trailer Mileage Kilometers if equipped Trailer disconnected Disregard this status if your vehicle is not equipped with a factory installed trailer brake controller This message may appear when an aftermarket TBC is used even when the trailer is connected Change Active Trailer When this is highlighted press the right arrow key to change the currently selected trailer Use the up and down arrows to select a trailer and press the OK button to choose the highlighted trailer Adding a new trailer Use the up down arrows to highlight New Trailer and press the right arrow key to enter the New Trailer input screen Use the up down arrow keys to choose alpha numeric and symbol characters and then press the right arrow to move the character space over Continue adding characters as needed Press the left arrow to go back and change a previously selected character When finished with the new trailer name press OK to accept the new trailer name Super Duty TFA Connection Checklist Use the up down arrows to highlight one of these choices and press OK to display the connection checklist Follow the on screen instructions to go through the connections list Delete Trailer Use the up down arrows to highlight the trailer you want to delete and press OK to delete Follow the on screen prompts to exit or confirm delete Rename Trailer Use the up down buttons to highlight a trailer and press OK to sel
63. Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather forecast Fuel prices Movie listings Sports headlines Sports schedules Sports scores Traffic Weather MyFord Touch if equipped SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK Weather map Help If you say Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you can then say any of the commands in the following chart Sports related commands Baseball College basketball College football Golf MLS My teams NBA NFL NHL WNBA Help Additional sports related voice commands Baseball headlines Baseball schedule Baseball scores College basketball headlines College basketball schedule College basketball scores College football headlines Super Duty TFA Additional sports related voice commands College football schedule College football scores Golf headlines Golf leaderboard Golf schedule MLS headlines MLS schedule MLS scores Motor sports headlines Motor sports order Motor spo
64. Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve allrights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy Appendices THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM
65. THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights under Speech Recognition f the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFT WARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that
66. Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Ford ESP thereby improving resale value Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear Windshield Wiper Blades Spark Plugs except in California The Clutch Disc Brake Pads and Linings Shock Absorbers Belts and Hoses Diesel Exhaust Fluid Replenishment Contact your selling authorized Ford or Lincoln dealership today so they can customize a Ford Extended Service Plan that fits your driving lifestyle and budget Interest Free Finance Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program To learn more call our Ford ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Don t forget to ask a
67. Turn the engine off and block the wheel that is diagonally opposite of the flat tire using the wheel chock Note Lock the manual hub on the wheel if the vehicle is a 4x4 2 Remove the jack jack handle lug wrench and spare tire from the stowage locations 3 Use the tip of the lug wrench to remove any wheel trim 4 Loosen each wheel lug nut 2 turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground Super Duty TFA F 250 and F 350 Single Rear Wheel Vehicles cm E162801 1 Insert the hooked end of the jack handle into the jack and use the handle to slide the jack under the vehicle 2 Position the jack according to the following guides E162802 Front 4x2 E162803 Front driver side 4x4 Wheels and Tires Note Make sure the jack fits onto the flat Jacking the Vehicle area on the outboard side of the differential f Va E162811 E162804 Front passenger side 4x4 1 Turn the jack handle clockwise until Note View shown from the rear of the vehicle to clearly identify the jack point Place the jack directly under the axle E162805 Rear Note Jack at the specified locations to 4 avoid damage to the vehicle 284 Super Duty TFA the wheel is completely off the ground and high enough to install the spare tire Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing ou
68. Turn the ignition off 4 Turn the ignition on again to re enable the fuel pump JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Use only an adequate sized cable with insulated clamps Preparing Your Vehicle Note Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system Roadside Emergencies Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn all accessories off Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not attach the cables to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Stay clear of moving parts To avoid reverse polarity connections make sure that you correctly identify the positive and negative terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables Note n the illustration the bottom
69. You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map suchas road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Turn these features ON or OFF Avoid Areas Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avoid the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 404 MyFord Touch it equipped 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Cover
70. Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials ona permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it by physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch Appendices real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs Note This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing ci
71. a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark 1 Do not put engine coolant in the Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clearand uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced Super Duty TFA 228 Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use predilu
72. a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mile 1 6 kilometers Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B pillar or the edge of the driver s door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The metal support wheel for atire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Super Duty TFA Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in
73. a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 77 Super Duty TFA Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container WARNINGS The fuel system may be under pressure If the fuel filler cap is venting vapor or if you hear a hissing sound wait until it stops before completely removing the fuel filler cap Otherwise fuel may spray out and cause personal injury Do not try to pry open or push open the fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause personal injury to you or others Use the following directions when filling from a portable fuel container 1 Remove the fuel cap from the fuel filler pipe by rotating it counter clockwise 2 Slowly insert the portable fuel container into the fuel filler opening 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 4 When done remove the portable fuel container nozzle and reinstall fuel cap Insert fuel cap into fuel filler opening and turn clockwise until a click is heard REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicl
74. all doors The turn signals will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The turn signals will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control and keyless entry keypad Super Duty TFA 54 Locking the Doors Press the button to lock all the A doors The turn signals will illuminate Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors will lock again the horn will sound and the turn signals will illuminate if all the doors are closed Mislock If any door is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti theft alarm or remote start the horn will sound twice and the lamps will not flash Smart Unlocks if Equipped This feature helps to prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition When you open the driver door and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control all the doors will lock then unlock if your key is still in the ignition Your can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by using the manual lock on the door locking the driver door with a key using the keyless entry keypad using the lock button on the remote control Autolock and Autou
75. an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices Route Safety Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Appendices Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software Your use
76. an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear seat belts and children infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection Do not become overconfident in the ability of four wheel drive vehicles Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed E145298 Super Duty TFA Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Study your owner s manual and any supplements for specific information about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury Four wheel drive system if equipped WARNING Do not become overconfident in the ability of four wheel drive vehicles Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it won t stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed A vehicle equippe
77. and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter MyFord Touch it equipped Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired station number Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen E142616 The HD Radio logo blinks when acquiring a digital station and stays solid when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title
78. and feel it latch 4 Make sure the tongue is securely fastened to the buckle by pulling on the tongue While you are fastened in the safety belt the lap and shoulder belt with a cinch tongue adjusts to your movement However if you brake hard turn hard or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph 8 km h or more the safety belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement Restraint of Pregnant Women WARNING Always ride and drive with your seat back upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure Super Duty TFA H E142590 Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNINGS After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function T
79. brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations Towing The rating for the towvehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 pounds 680 kilograms when loaded Integrated Trailer Brake Controller If Equipped WARNING The Ford trailer brake controller has been verified to be compatible with trailers having electric actuated drum brakes one to four axles and some electric over hydraulic brakes It will not activate hydraulic surge style trailer brakes It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the trailer brakes are adjusted appropriately functioning normally and all electric connections are properly made Failure to do so may result in loss of vehicle control crash or serious injury E163166 When used properly the trailer brake controller assists in smooth and effective trailer braking by powering the trailer s electric or electric over hydraulic brakes with a proport
80. braking provided will vary based upon the amount the brake pedal is pressed To deactivate the tow haul feature and return to normal driving mode press the button on the end of the gearshift lever The TOW HAUL light will no longer be illuminated When you shut off and restart the engine the transmission will automatically return to normal D Overdrive mode tow haul off WARNING Do not use the tow haul feature when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide and the vehicle to swing around with the possible loss of vehicle control 3 Third Transmission starts and operates in third gear only Used for improved traction on slippery roads Selecting 3 Third provides engine braking 2 Second Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades Super Duty TFA 1 First Provides maximum engine braking Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever The transmission will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds it will downshift to a lower gear and then shift into 1 First when the vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts Allowed in D Overdrive with the tow haul feature on or off Press the accelerator to the floor Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear Understanding the Shift Positions of a 6 Speed Automatic Transmission if equipped 65432 1 P
81. call automatically ends You then receive audible and visual driving instructions as you travel toward your destination 3 While onan active route you can select or say Route summary or Route status to view the Route Summary turn list or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system sends a new route to your vehicle Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the phone button on the steering wheel 2 Say Goodbye from the SYNC Services main menu 333 SYNC If Equipped SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYN
82. case of a recall Information on P Type Tires E142543 P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example Wheels and Tires A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Super Duty TFA 259 G H Indicates the tire
83. couippep OVERHEAD CONSOLE ir Stow items in the cupholder carefully as EQUIPPED items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill E75193 Press near the rear edge of the door to E163064 open it Available console features include Locking storage compartment with hanging file folder supports Storage for laptop computer binder or book between the hanging file folder support and the passenger side of the console bin Auxiliary power points Removable Front Cupholders E163065 You can lift the two cupholder modules out You can also remove the false bottom for hidden storage or to hold a large cup 129 Super Duty TFA Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system creating the risk of fire Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine A 1 If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell ex
84. desired speed is reached Whether accelerating or decelerating once the desired descent speed is reached remove your feet from the pedals and the chosen vehicle speed will be maintained Note Noise from the ABS pump motor may be observed during hill descent control operation This is anormal characteristic of the ABS and should be no reason for concern Hill descent modes At speeds below 20 mph 32 km h When the Hill Descent Control switch is pressed and Hill Descent Control is active the Hill Descent Control telltale will flash At speeds below 20 mph 32 km h When the Hill Descent Control switch is pressed and conditions are not correct for hill descent activation the Hill Descent Control system will be enabled the Hill Descent Control telltale will be solid and a message will display in the information display Terrain Response if equipped At speeds above 20 mph 32 km h When the Hill Descent Control switch is pressed the Hill Descent Control system will be enabled the telltale in the cluster will not be illuminated and a message will be displayed in the information display Refer to the Information Displays for additional Hill Descent Control messages See Information Messages page 92 169 Super Duty TFA Parking Aids PARKING AID iF EquippeD WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this secti
85. detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Manual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls WARNINGS Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury See Supplementary Restraints System page 36 Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag 1 Using your Vehicle witha Snowplow More information and guidelines for using your vehicle with a snowplow in this Owner s Manual See Snowplowing page 202 Introduction Using your Vehicle as an Ambulance If your light truck is equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package it may be utilized as an ambulance Ford urges ambulance manufacturers to follow the recommendations of the Ford Incomplete Vehicle Manual Ford Truck Body Builder s Layout Book and the Qualified Vehicle Modifiers QVM Guidelines as well as pertinent supplements For additional information please contact the Truck Body Builders Advisory Service at http www fleet ford com truckbbas and then by selecting Contact Us or by phone at 1 877 840 4338 Use of your Ford light truck as an ambulance without the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package voids the Ford
86. diesel particulate filter Refer to your diesel supplement for more information You are responsible for assuring that you operate your vehicle in a manner that allows diesel particulate filter cleaning to occur Ignoring the EXHAUST OVER LIMIT SERVICE NOW warning message could lead to reduced drivability and customer expense including damage to the diesel particulate filter Your new vehicle warranty may not cover this damage The water separator has reached a predetermined capacity and needs draining Refer to your diesel supplement for more information LOW FUEL PRESSURE A low fuel pressure condition has occurred due to cold low fuel level or fuel filters need to be changed Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Doors and Locks Message Action X Door Ajar The door listed is not completely closed Drivetrain Message Action LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL The electronic locking differential is engaged ENGAGED ELD ENGAGED LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL The electronic locking differential is disengaged DISENGAGED ELD DISENGAGED TO ENGAGE LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL SLOW TO XX MPH KM H Super Duty TFA The electronic locking differential requests a certain speed requirement to engage 96 Information Displays Message Action TO ENGAGE ELD SLOW TO XX MPH KM H TO ENGAGE LOCKING The electronic locking differential request the release of the DIFFE
87. fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected Super Duty TFA Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an ind
88. features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 313 SHUFFLE Play music on the selected CD or MP3 folder in random order J FOLDER Press to access the next folder on an MP3 disc K FOLDER Press to access the previous folder on an MP3 disc L FF Press to fast forward in a CD track or MP3 file manually M REW Press to rewind in a CD track or MP3 file manually Super Duty TFA N Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store aradio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns O TEXT SCAN In radio CD and MP3 modes press and hold to hear a brief sampling of radio stations CD tracks or MP3 files In CD and MP3 modes press and release to display track title artist name and disc title In text mode sometimes the display requires additional text to show When the lt gt indicator is on press TEXT and then use the SEEK buttons to view the additional display text P AM FM Press to select a frequency band Q VOL PUSH Press to switch the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume R CD Press to enter CD or MP3 mode AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH SONY AM FM CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We reco
89. features to protect the battery Those electrical accessories affected include the rear defrost heated cooled seats climate Maintenance control fan heated steering wheel audio and navigation system A message may be shown in the information displays to alert the driver that battery protection actions are active These messages are only for notification that an action is taking place and not intended to indicate an electrical problem or that the battery requires replacement Electrical accessory installation To ensure proper operation of the BMS any electrical devices that are added to the vehicle should not have their ground connection made directly at the negative battery post A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation Note Electrical or electronic accessories added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery which matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle After battery replacement or in some cases after charging the battery with the external charger the BMS requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time key off with doors closed to relearn the new battery
90. free feature but you must first register online to use it SYNC If Equipped Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Make sure that your VIN is correctly listed in your account I am unable to retrieve the report on the website or receive a system error The preferred dealer information did not load correctly When you register your account you must choosea preferred dealer If it already lists a dealer try selecting another dealer and logging out Log back in change it back to your preferred dealer and retrieve the report I am unable to submit a report This could be due to your phone s compatibility Bad signal strength You did not activate your phone on the website Update your cellular number in your account on the website Make sure you have full signal strength and that your Bluetooth volume level has been turned up Try deleting your phone and performing a clean pairing heard a commercial when tried to use Traffic Direc tions and Information You did not activate this phone for this service Your phone has ID blocker active This is a free feature but you must first register online to use it Turn off ID blocker on your phone as the system recog nizes you by your phone number Make sure the currently connected phone is the
91. frequently service as required Inspect and lubricate U joints See axle maintenance items under Exceptions Every 5000 miles 8000 km Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Change engine oil and filter Inspect and lubricate U joints Every 30000 miles 48000 km Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals if non sealed bearings are used Every 60000 miles 96000 km Change the transfer case fluid Four wheel drive vehicles Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery Inspect frequently service as required Replace engine air filter Every 5000 miles 8000 km Inspect brake system Inspect wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Lubricate control arm and steering ball joints if equipped with grease fittings Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Inspect and lubricate U joints Every 5000 miles 8000 km six months or 200 engine hours Change engine oil and fil
92. from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note f your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Route button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance MyFord Touch it equipped During route guidance you can press the Subcat A talking bubble icon that appears in the cla upper right navigation corner green bar Govt Office if you want the system to repeat route gt guidance information When the system Public Transit repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance Education instruction since it detects when the a vehicle is moving To expand these listings press the in front of the listing The system also allows you to sort alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr Point of Interest POI Categories Main categories listings if available Food
93. h The gain setting sets the trailer brake controller for the specific towing condition You should change the setting as towing conditions change Changes to towing conditions include trailer load vehicle load road conditions and weather Super Duty TFA The gain should be set to provide the maximum trailer braking assistance while making sure the trailer wheels do not lock when using the brakes Locked trailer wheels may lead to trailer instability 1 Make sure the trailer brakes are in good working condition functioning normally and properly adjusted See your trailer dealer if necessary 2 Hook up the trailer and make the electrical connections according to the trailer manufacturer s instructions 3 When you plug in a trailer with electric or electric over hydraulic brakes TRAILER CONNECTED appears in the information display 4 Use the gain adjustment and buttons to increase or decrease the gain setting to the desired starting point A gain setting of 6 0 is a good starting point for heavier loads 5 Ina traffic free environment tow the trailer on a dry level surface at a speed of 20 25 mph 30 40 km h and squeeze the manual control lever completely 6 If the trailer wheels lock up indicated by squealing tires reduce the gain setting If the trailer wheels turn freely increase the gain setting Repeat Steps 5 and 6 until the gain setting is ata point just below trailer wheel lock up If
94. in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not Data service issue by the Fill out the station issue match currently playing audio radio broadcaster form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior HD Radio Technology manufactured under icense from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion Super Duty TFA http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to the radio us press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the following commands MyFord Touc
95. inside the vehicle You can switch these devices on if available and selected to AUTO in the information displays during remote start Heated devices usually switch on during cold weather and cooled devices during hot weather If your vehicle is equipped with a diesel engine and a supplemental heater the supplemental heater also turns on Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS Sitting improperly out of position or T with the seat back reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash Do not place objects higher than the T seat back to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking Max 30 E68595 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and air bags will provide optimum protection in the event of acrash Super Duty TFA We recommend that you follow these guidelines Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your
96. is no longer active and the RESUME CONTROL driver must resume control HILL DESCENT CONTROL A hill descent system fault is present FAULT HILL DESCENT CONTROL OFF The hill descent system is cooling due to overuse SYSTEM COOLING HILL DESCENT CONTROL Hill descent control is active READY Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action LOW TIRE PRESSURE One or more tires on your vehicle have low tire pressure See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 273 TIRE PRESSURE The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the MONITOR FAULT warning stays on or continues to come on have the system checked by an authorized dealer See Tire Pressure Monit oring System page 273 TIRE PRESSURE A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is SENSOR FAULT in use For more information on how the system operates under these conditions see See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 273 If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible 100 Super Duty TFA Information Displays Trailer Message Action TRAILER BRAKE GAIN XX X The current gain setting for the trailer brake OUTPUT TRAILER BRAKE GAIN XX X NO The current gain setting for the trailer brake when a TRAILER trailer is not connected TRAILER BRAKE MODULE Accompanied by a single chime in response to faults FAULT sensed by the T
97. lamps will switch on when one of the following conditions have been met 67 Lighting Front Map Lamps If equipped The map lamps are located on the overhead console Press the controls on either side of each map lamp to turn on the lamps The map lamps also light when any door is opened the instrument panel dimmer switch is pressed up until the courtesy lamps come on any of the remote entry controls are pressed and the ignition is off T T E163273 Rear Dome and Map Lamps E163274 Your vehicle may have map lamps within the rear dome lamp Press the switches on either side of the dome lamp to turn the lamps on DEALE Super Duty TFA m Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS ir couippep WARNINGS Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings A W 4 AUTO E163056 Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Up or Down if equipped Press or lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Note The window may
98. lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil Cover interior trim to prevent fading Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contain contaminates that may cause engine damage Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Vehicle Care Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures When removing your vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level Confirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note f battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features Brakes Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires Maintain recommended air pressure Miscellaneous Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to
99. lines appear in the display that represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle i Cop Cr o The camera is located on the tailgate E163192 Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in Reverse R Parking Aids The system uses two types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle Fixed guidelines Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you Centerline Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object for example a trailer Note f the image comes on while the transmission is not in Reverse R have the system inspected by your authorized dealer Note When towing the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and you might not see some objects In some vehicles the guidelines may disappear once you engage the trailer tow connector The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse lamps are not operating Mud water or debris obstructs the camera s view Clean the lens witha soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner The camera is misaligned due to
100. listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload Load Carrying WARNING A The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Example only TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SEATING CAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 REAR3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs marr MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SPARE 7145 80D16 420 KPA 60PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX x x x o x kd x x x E kd 3 E142516 177 Super Duty TFA Load Carrying fn TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION G RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 FRONT 2 I REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 avant 1 ARRI RE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed 492 kg or 1085 Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib NEU COURESSION DES SEE OWNER S ree PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35PSI INFORMATION REAR E VOIR LE MANUEL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 Psi VORLEMANUE seine POUR PLUS
101. lose charge C on All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate D start Cranks the engine Starting and Stopping the Engine STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Before starting the engine check the following Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off Make sure the parking brake is on Move the transmission selector lever to position P Turn the ignition key to the on position Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Turn the key to the start position to start the engine Release the key when the engine starts Note The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts Note f you cannot start the engine on the first try wait for a short period and try again Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position P Super Duty TFA 2 Turn the
102. may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear Note Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat Parking WARNINGS If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Four Wheeli Drive it Equipped On some Four wheel drive vehicles when the transfer case is in the N Neutral position the engine and transmission are disconnected from the rest of the driveline Therefore the vehicle is free to roll even if the automatic transmission is in P Park or the manual transmission is in gear Do not leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the N Neutral position Always set the parking brake fully and turn off the ignition when leaving the vehicle Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loade
103. means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE asa replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE anduse it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE Super Duty TFA INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to su
104. menu on the information display controls and select SETTINGS then MYKEY by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select CREATE A MYKEY 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see KEY RESTRICTED AT NEXT START in the display The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s Refer to Programming Changing Configurable Settings Super Duty TFA 5 Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to program or change your configurable MyKey settings There are two types of information displays and their controls and messaging vary To determine which type of display you have you will need to reference another chapter See General Information page 81 If You Have a Type 1 Information Display 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key 2 Access the main menu on the information display controls and press SETUP until RESET FOR MYKEY SETTINGS displays 3 Press and release the RESET button to display MyKey setup menus 4 Press the SETUP button to enter your choice Once you make a selection the next configurable setting will be displayed 5 Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until you are done changing the configurable settings If You Have a Type 2 Information Display 1 Switch the ignition
105. motion and rinse with water Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer fluid Vehicle Care Note Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag ina collision A For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner If grease or tar is present on the material spot clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover In Canada use Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials Super Duty
106. not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly Use only the specified fuel listed Avoid running out of fuel Super Duty TFA Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed inscheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If you use parts other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability Illumination of the s
107. off light should not be illuminated unless the passenger is a person who meets the requirements stated either in Category 1 2 or 3 of the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Transport Canada deactivation criteria which follows The vast majority of drivers and passengers are much safer with an airbag than without To do their job and reduce the risk of life threatening injuries airbags must open with great force and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk in some situations particularly when a front seat occupant is not properly buckled up The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary airbag injuries without reducing the overall safety of the vehicle is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained in the vehicle especially in the front seat This provides the protection of safety belts and permits the airbags to provide the additional protection they were designed to provide If you choose to deactivate your airbag you are losing the very significant risk reducing benefits of the airbag and you are also reducing the effectiveness of the safety belts because safety belts in modern vehicles are designed to work as a safety system with the airbags 39 Supplementary Restraints System National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Deactivation Criteria Excluding Canada WARNING This vehicle has special energy management safety belts for the driver and right front passenger These
108. on the fender is approximately halfway between H1 and H2 Check that the trailer is level or slightly nose down toward your vehicle If not adjust the ball height accordingly and repeat Steps 2 6 2 Towing Once the trailer is level or slightly nose down toward the vehicle Lock the bar tension adjuster in place Check that the trailer tongue securely attaches and locks onto the hitch Install safety chains lighting and trailer brake controls as required by lawor the trailer manufacturer Fifth wheel Trailer Hitch If Equipped WARNINGS The mounting pads in the bed are specifically designed for certain fifth wheel trailer hitches and gooseneck ball hitches Do not use these mounting pads for other purposes Doing so could result in vehicle structural damage loss of vehicle control and personal injury Contact an authorized dealer to purchase gooseneck and fifth wheel hitches that are compatible with your vehicle Towing trailers beyond the maximum 1y limit of the towing system could result in vehicle structural damage loss of vehicle control and personal injury The hitch rating listed on the trailer hitch label is the maximum possible trailer rating To find the maximum trailer weight allowed for your specific vehicle consult an authorized dealer or the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide provided by an authorized dealer Your vehicle may be equipped with a fifth wheel prep package This pac
109. one power point One may be located in the center of the rear floor console The second one if equipped may be located on the instrument panel You can use your power points for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts E143941 Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light located on the power point is on the power point is ready to supply power off the power point power supply is off ignition is not on flashing the power point is in fault mode The power point temporarily turns off power if the 150 watt limit is exceeded It can also switch to a fault mode when it is overloaded overheated or shorted Unplug your device and switch the ignition off and then switch the ignition back on for overloading and shorting conditions Let the system cool off and then turn the ignition off and then switch the ignition back on for an overheating condition The power points are not designed for electric devices such as cathode ray tube type televisions motor loads for example vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor driven refrigerators measuring devices which process precise data for example medical equipment or measuring equipment other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply for example microcomputer controlled electric blankets or touch sensor lamps Super Duty TFA 128 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE iF
110. or to adjust fan speed 398 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped Recirculated air Touch to turn the recirculated air on or off which may reduce the amount of time needed to cool down the interior and help reduce odors from reaching the interior Recirculated air also engages automatically when you select MAX A C and may turn on manually in any airflow mode except defrost It may also turn off in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce fog potential MAX A C Touch to cool your vehicle with recirculated air Touch again for normal A C operation MAX A C distributes air through instrument panel vents and may help reduce odors from entering your vehicle MAX A C is more economical and efficient than normal A C mode A C Touch to turn the air conditioning on or off Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency A C engages automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor defrost AUTO Touch to engage automatic operation then set the temperature using the temperature control The system automatically controls fan speed airflow distribution A C on or off and the use of fresh or recirculated air Rear defrost Touch to turn the rear window defroster and heated mirrors Defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice Touch again to return to the previous airflow selection When on defrost provides outside air to reduce window fogging and distributes air through the windshield de
111. or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service Hot climate oil change intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 5000 miles 8000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change interval is 3000 miles 4800 kilometers Engine air filter replacement The life of the engine air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD O Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O 438 Super Duty TFA O Signature Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended Multi point inspection recommended O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 439 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance 440 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance O Engine hours optional Q wmutepoint inspection recommended
112. page 130 SD Card and USB Voice Commands If you are listening to a USB us device or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the following commands USB or SD CARD Play podcast lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt Play similar music Play song lt name gt Play TV show lt name gt Play TV show episode lt name gt Play video lt name gt Play video podcast lt name gt ve Play video podcast episode lt name gt USB or SD CARD Browse Next Pause Play video playlist lt name gt Previous Repeat all Repeat off Play Play album lt name gt Play all Play artist lt name gt Play audiobook lt name gt Play author lt name gt Repeat one Shuffle Shuffle album Shuffle off What s this Help Play composer lt name gt Play folder lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play movie lt name gt Play music video lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Super Duty TFA If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prom
113. pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful Super Duty TFA SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your phone s manual and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button on your us steering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt
114. particular belts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury ina crash The energy management safety belt is designed to give or release additional belt webbing in some accidents to reduce concentration of force on an occupant s chest and reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs In a crash if the airbag is turned off this energy management safety belt might permit the person wearing the belt to move forward enough to incur a serious or fatal injury The more severe the crash and the heavier the occupant the greater the risk is Be sure the airbag is turned on for any person who does not qualify under the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration deactivation criteria 1 1 Infant An infant less than 1 year old must ride in the front seat because the vehicle has no rear seat the vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear facing infant seat or the infant has a medical condition which according to the infant s physician makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front so that the driver can constantly monitor the child s condition 2 Child age 1 to12 A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because Super Duty TFA 40 the vehicle has no rear seat although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat s whenever possible children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space
115. pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position Super Duty TFA Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick up Trucks and Utility type Vehicles WARNING Loaded vehicles may handle differently than unloaded vehicles Extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance should be taken when driving a heavily loaded vehicle Your vehicle can haul more cargo and people than most passenger cars Depending upon the type and placement of the load hauling cargo and people may raise the center of gravity of the vehicle TAILGATE Tailgate Lock The tailgate lock can help prevent theft of the tailgate y 1 P gt C E163087 Insert the ignition key into the tailgate lock Turn it to the right to lock the tailgate Turn it to the left to unlock the tailgate 183 Load Carrying Tailgate Removal WARNING Always properly secure cargo to prevent shifting cargo or cargo falling from vehicle which could result in compromised vehicle stability and serious personal injury to vehicle occupants or others You can remove the tailgate for more loading room Note Skip to Step 4 if your vehicle does not have a rearview camera E163090 1 Locate and disconnect the rearview camera in line connector It is under the pickup box on the right hand side of the vehicle near the spare tire There is a tethere
116. previous folder Playlists Tracks Play previous track Explore USB Similar Music Return Play song lt name gt Play track lt name gt What s Playing Refine album lt name gt At any time when a track is playing you can press the voice icon and ask the Refine artist lt name gt system What s playing The system reads the metadata tags if populated of 2 Refine song lt name gt the playing track to you Refine track lt name gt Media Voice Commands Repeat off Press the voice icon When us prompted say USB then any of the following Repeat on Search album lt name gt USB Autoplay off Autoplay on Connections Pause Play Search artist lt name gt Search genre lt name gt Search song lt name gt Search track lt name gt Shuffle off Play album lt name gt Play all Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt n3 Play next folder Play next track 336 Super Duty TFA Shuffle on SYNC If Equipped USB Similar music lt name gt is a dynamic listing meaning that it could be the name of anything such as a group artist or song What s playing This voice command is not available until indexing is complete This voice command
117. product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle Super Duty TFA information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI If Equipped Unites States Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation SYNC If Equipped Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscripti
118. provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure
119. put your phone into discovery mode A six digit PIN appears in the display 3 When prompted on your phone s six digit display enter the PIN Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled device 1 Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired devices 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the device Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off 1 Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off 2 Make a selection and then press OK Delete Device Delete a paired media device 1 Press OK and scroll to select the device 2 Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Super Duty TFA Delete all previously paired devices 341 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Advanced 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu The Advanced menu allows you to access 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK and set prompts languages defaults and 3 Scroll to Advanced Press OK perform a master reset When you select You can Prompts Have SYNC guide you by asking questions helpful hints or ask you for a specific action Press OK to select and scroll to s
120. read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guidein vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully Appendices WARNING Operating certain parts of this system while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away fromthe road and remove your hands from the wheel General Operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the scre
121. route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Preferences Super Duty TFA Have the system use guidance prompts 361 MyFord Touch if equipped Navigation Have the system automatically fill in State Province information Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announce ments Avoid Areas Phone Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Press the Settings icon gt os Settings gt Phone then select from the following Phone Bluetooth Devices
122. sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child All children are shaped differently The recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations or are the minimum 1y Super Duty TFA WARNINGS requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or go to http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gc ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats made
123. serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners The horn and lamps will turn off when The hazard control button is pressed The panic button if equipped is pressed on the remote entry transmitter Your vehicle runs out of power _ E142665 1 Remove the jumper cab ground metal surface or point if available 2 Remove the jumper cab e from the connecting e onthe negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cab e from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cab e from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge Super Duty TFA 207 Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed y
124. such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE 413 Super Duty TFA this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDR M software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDR M software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected
125. sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 133 Super Duty TFA Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until
126. switched on by the operator they provide 10 amps 15 amps or 30 amps of electrical battery power for a variety of uses E167342 The switches control relays and fuses that are located under the hood in the auxiliary switch pass through circuits Accessories E167344 There will also be one power lead for each switch found as a blunt cut and sealed wire located to the right of the glove box door and just above the passenger side kick panel The relays are coded as follows You may need to pull down the auxiliary cords to access them Refer to the Fuses chapter of your Owner s Manual for information on fuse and relay locations See your authorized dealer for service Additional pass through circuits that run through the dash panel and under the hood are located in the same location Switch Circuit number Wire color Fuse AUX 1 CACO5 Yellow 30A Green with brown 30A trace Violet with green 15A trace AUX 4 CACO8 Brown 10A Super Duty TFA Appendices END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement EULA You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected b
127. that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones share files or play games Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot Settings gt Wireless amp in your vehicle to speak to each other ES Press the Settings icon gt Super Duty TFA Internet then select from the following 363 MyFord Touch if equipped Wi fi Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previ ously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet ga
128. the A C on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute Super Duty TFA 6 Release the parking brake With your foot on the brake pedal and with the A C on put the vehicle in D and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned 7 Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process The vehicle may need to be driven 10 mi 16 km or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy along with the ethanol content for flexible fuel vehicles For flexible fuel vehicles if you are operating on E85 you may experience poor starts or an inability to start the engine and driveability problems until the fuel trim and ethanol content have been relearned If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed the clock and radio settings must be reset once the battery is reconnected Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out moreabout recycling automotive batteries Battery Management System If Equipped The battery management system BMS monitors battery conditions and takes actions to extend battery life If excessive battery drain is detected the system may temporarily disable certain electrical
129. the number menu options say Dial again to initiate the call To erase the last spoken digit say Delete or press the left arrow button To erase all 1 Press MENU during an active call 2 After selecting Active Call Menu press spoken digits say Clear or press and hold OK the left arrow button 3 Scroll to cycle through the following To end the call press and hold the phone options button When you select You can Mute Call Mute the call Privacy Switch a call from an active hands free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation Press OK when Privacy on off appears The display indicates In Privacy and the system transfers your call Call Hold Put an active call on hold Press OK when Hold on off appears To answer another call at this time press the phone button Enter Tones Enter tones such as numbers for passwords Scroll until the desired number appears in the display then press OK a tone sounds as confirmation Repeat as necessary Join Calls Super Duty TFA Join two separate calls SYNC supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty call or conference call Press the phone button 320 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can 2 Access the desired contact through SYNC or use voice commands to place the second call Once actively in the second call press MENU 3 Scroll to Join Calls and press OK Press
130. the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the system while driving the vehicle A Note f you are using MyKey you cannot disable the Belt Minder Also if the Belt Minder has been previously disabled it will be re enabled during the use of MyKey See MyKey page 50 Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure Deactivate or activate the system by performing the following procedure Before following the procedure make sure that The parking brake is set The transmission is in park P The ignition is off All vehicle doors are closed The driver s safety belt is unbuckled Turn the ignition on Do not start the engine 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute Step 3 must be completed within 30 seconds after the safety belt warning light turns off 3 Buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending with the safety belt in the unbuckled state After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 34 Super Duty TFA Safety Belts 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle then unbuckle the safety belt After Step 4 the safety belt w
131. the tailgate 2 Pull the yellow lever on the grab handle to the unlock position E163093 3 Raise the handle upright until you feel it latch and see the lever in the lock position You only need to use the lever when releasing the grab handle Ka Y E163094 4 Rotate the center molding to unlatch the step Pull it toward you to extend it 5 Openthe step panel to widen the step Note Do not tow with the step or grab handle Super Duty TFA Replace the slip resistance tape or grab handle molding if it appears worn or damaged Closing the Step 1 Close the step panel then lift and fully close the step into the tailgate 2 Move the yellow lever on the grab handle to the unlock position and lower the handle Bed Extender if Equipped Note Do not use the bed extender when driving off road Note Make sure to engage the locking pins and knobs fully before driving your vehicle Note Make sure to secure all cargo Note Do not exceed 150 pounds 68 kilograms on the tailgate when your vehicle is moving Note Do not keep the bed extender in the tailgate mode when you are not using it for restraining cargo Always keep the bed extender in the grocery mode or the stowed position with the tailgate closed Tailgate Mode E163095 1 Pull the locking pin toward the center of your vehicle Load Carrying E163096 N Open the latches to release the panels oO a E163097
132. their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Severability You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois for Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region or The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and Africa without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded For any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data Claims you agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a the State of Illinois for Claims related to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder and b The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa provided to you hereunder Super Duty TFA Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United
133. this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation page 400 SD Card g m E142621 The USB ports are located either in the center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen 378 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped This feature allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Playing Music from Your Device Note The system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs Insert your device and select the D SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat This feature replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track artist name album and genre Options Touch this button to v
134. tire life the tire pressure monitoring system needs to know when the tires are rotated to determine which set of tires are on the front and which are on the rear With this information the system can detect and properly warn of low tire pressures System reset tips Wheels and Tires To reduce the chances of interference from another vehicle perform the system reset procedure at least three feet one meter away from another Ford Motor Company vehicle undergoing the system reset procedure at the same time Do not wait more than two minutes between resetting each tire sensor or the system will time out and the entire procedure will have to be repeated on all four wheels A double horn will sound indicating the need to repeat the procedure Performing the System Reset Procedure Read the entire procedure before attempting 1 Drive the vehicle above 20 mph 32 km h for at least two minutes then park in a safe location where you can easily get to all four tires and have access to an air pump 2 Place the ignition in the off position and keep the key in the ignition 3 Cycle the ignition to the on position with the engine off 4 Turnthe hazard flashers on then off three times You must accomplish this within 10 seconds If the reset mode has been entered successfully the horn will sound once the system indicator will flash and a message is shown in the information display If this does not occur please t
135. to your vehicle the signal should return antenna Updating Update of channel No action required The programming in progress process may take up to three minutes Super Duty TFA Audio System Radio display Call SIRIUS 1 888 539 7474 None found Check Channel Guide Condition Your satellite service is no longer available All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Possible action Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to resolve subscription issues Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station Subscription Updated vehicle SIRIUS has updated the channels available for your No action required AUDIO INPUT JACK WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player ina secure location su
136. unattended Note f you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Super Duty TFA 46 REMOTE CONTROL Integrated Keyhead Transmitters If Equipped E163046 Use the key blade to start your vehicle and unlock or lock the driver door from outside your vehicle The transmitter portion functions as the remote control ONIN Note Your vehicle s keys came witha security label that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the label in a safe place for future reference AINO YAWOLSNO A8 GSAOWAH 39 OL NOLLAVO XEvaa E163047 Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally The remote control uses one coin type three volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent Keys and Remote Controls Integrated Keyhead Transmitter 2 Mira E163048 1 Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover 2 Carefully peel up the rubber gasket from the transmitter It may come off with the battery cover Remove the old battery 4 Insert the new battery Refer to the instructions inside the transmitter for the correct orientatio
137. under the eCos License Satellite Radio Reception Factors Potential satellite radio reception issues For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible Antenna obstructions Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Terrain When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Station overload Satellite radio signal interfer Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute BW xm S ATELLIT E RADIO SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service Note S RIUS reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices atany time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes E142593 309 Super Duty TFA Audio System SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription
138. until filter cleaning is complete Message Action CHECK COOLANT The coolant additive needs checking Refer to your diesel ADDITIVE supplement for more information CLEANING EXHAUST Your vehicle has entered the cleaning mode Various engine FILTER actions will raise the exhaust temperature in the Diesel Particulate Filter system to burn off the particles exhaust soot After the vehicle burns the particles off the exhaust temperature will return to normal levels This message is NORMAL Refer to your diesel supplement for more informa tion EXHAUST OVER The diesel particulate filter is full of particles exhaust soot LOADED DRIVE TO and you are not operating the vehicle ina manner that allows CLEAN normal cleaning One of these messages will stay on until the EXHAUST AT LIMIT exhaust filter cleaning has begun at which time the CLEANING DRIVE TO CLEAN NOW EXHAUST FILTER message displays We recommend you drive the vehicle above 30 mph 48 km h until the CLEANING EXHAUST FILTER message turns off Refer to your diesel supplement for more information The diesel particulate filter will continue to fill with particles exhaust soot if you ignore this message The service engine soon light will illuminate and engine power may be limited if cleaning is not permitted Dealer service will then be required to restore your vehicle to full power operation STOP SAFELY NOW Your vehicle exhaust system temperature exceed
139. vehicle does not have admin privileges The key used to start the vehicle is the only admin key There always has to be at least one admin key SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode The key in the ignition does not have admin privileges There are no keys programmed to the vehicle See Creating a MyKey page 50 cannot clear the MyKeys The key used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 50 lost the only admin key Purchase a new key from your authorized dealer I lost a key Program a spare key See Passive Anti Theft System page 58 MyKey distances do not accumulate The MyKey user is not using the MyKey An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MykKeys The key system has been reset 53 Super Duty TFA Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks if Equipped The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels e E A B E163049 A Unlock B Lock Remote Control if Equipped You can use the remote control at any time your vehicle is not running Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock
140. what conditions are on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer When climbing a steep slope or hill start in a lower gear rather than downshifting to a lower gear from a higher gear once the ascent has started This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If your vehicle stalls do not try to turn around because this could cause vehicle roll over It is better to reverse back to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction resulting in loss of vehicle control E143949 Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive brake application and brake overheating Do not descend in neutral Disengage overdrive or move the transmission selector lever to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer your vehicle Four Wheel Drive it Equipped If your vehicle has anti lock brakes apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brakes Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of aloss of vehicle contro
141. with radio transmitters for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non Ford custom electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle Super Duty TFA 410 AUXILIARY SWITCHES The auxiliary switchboard on the center console makes aftermarket customization easier with four prewired switches attached to the power distribution box for electrical accessories AUX1 AUX2 AUX3 AUX 4 E163431 These switches are labeled AUX 1 AUX 2 AUX 3 and AUX 4 They will only operate while the ignition is in the on position whether the engine is running or not It is however recommended that the engine remain running to maintain a battery charge when using the switches for an extended duration or higher current draws When
142. within A three seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm Keys and Remote Controls Sounding a Panic Alarm Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off cp Press the button to activate the alarm Press the button again or turn the ignition on to deactivate it Remote Start if Equipped WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use l remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range The remote start button is on the transmitter Vehicles with automatic climate control can be set to operate when you remote start the vehicle See Climate Control page 103 A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when you switch the vehicle off Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if the ignition is on the alarm system is triggered you disable the feature the hood is open the transmission is not in P Super Duty TFA 48 the vehicle battery voltage is too lo
143. your phone book contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card try moving them to the device memory Remove any pictures or special ring tones associ ated with the missing contact am having trouble connecting my phone to SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try deleting your device from SYNC deleting SYNC from your device and trying again Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on your phone Update your device s firm ware Turn off the Auto phone book download setting Text messaging is not working on SYNC This is a phone dependent feature This may be a possible phone malfunction Go to the website to review your phone s compatibility Try turning off the device resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Super Duty TFA 344 SYNC If Equipped USB and media issues lam having trouble connecting my device Possible cause s This may be a possible device malfunction Possible solution s Try turning off the device resetting the device removing the device
144. 0 85 gt degrees Help There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first When the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands CLIMATE A C off A C on Automatic Defrost off Defrost on Dual off Floor on Fan decrease Fan increase Floor on MAX A C off MAX A C on My temp Off On CLIMATE Panel floor on Panel on Recirc off Recirc on Temperature Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Temperature decrease Temperature high Temperature increase Temperature low Windshield floor on Help If you say Temperature you can then say any of the commands in the following chart TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees High Low Help NAVIGATION iF EQuippeD Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see an authorized dealer 400 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause
145. 112 You can recall the memory positions when you press your remote entry transmitter unlock control if the transmitter is programmed to a memory position or when you enter a valid personal entry code that is programmed to a memory position The mirrors will move to the programmed position and the seat will move to the easy entry position The seat will move to the final position when the key is in the ignition if easy entry feature is enabled Easy Entry and Exit Feature ir Equipped If you enable the easy entry and exit feature it automatically moves the driver s seat rearward 2 inches 5 centimeters when the transmission selector lever is in position P and the key is removed from the ignition If the seat is located less than 2 inches 5 centimeters from the rear of the seat track the seat travel will be less than 2 inches 5 centimeters rearward The driver s seat will return to the previous position when the key is put in the ignition You can enable or disable this feature through the information display See Information Displays page 81 REAR SEATS iF equipPep Folding Up the Rear Seats SuperCab Seats E162737 1 Pull the control to release the seat cushion 2 Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage position Returning the Seat to the Seating Position WARNING Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before retu
146. 139 Stability Control Illuminates when the system is active If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately See Using Stability Control page 165 Stability Control Off Illuminates when you switch the system off It will go out when ES you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off See Using Stability Control page 165 Instrument Cluster Transmission Tow Haul it Equipped TOW Illuminates when the tow haul HAUL feature has been activated If the light flashes steadily have the system serviced immediately damage to the transmission could occur 4X2 If Equipped Illuminates momentarily when two wheel drive high is selected If the light fails to display when the ignition is turned on or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer 4X4 LOW If Equipped 4x4 Illuminates when four wheel Weim drive low is engaged If the light fails to display when the ignition is turned on or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer 4X4 H IGH If Equipped Illuminates when four wheel drive high is engaged If the light fails to display when the ignition is turned on or remains on have the system serviced immediately by your authorized dealer
147. 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing ata minimum of 12 feet 3 6 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle Super Duty TFA The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing the system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Safety Practices WARNINGS A If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injurea passenger or bystander Driving habits havea great deal to dowith your tire mileage and safety Observe posted speed limits Wheels and Tires Avoid
148. 2014 SUPER DUTY Owner s Manual IN 9 P 7 Cc a m pe 8 3 FSC MIX zs Paper TE a Ree Fsc c102270 E EC3J19A321AA November 2013 Third Printing Owner s Manual Super Duty Litho in U S A The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored ina retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2013 All rights reserved Part Number 20131018212854 Information Provided by NSACER Table of Contents Introduction About This Manual esessesssecsessesessesseeseeeees 7 Symbols Glossary Data Recording s z California Proposition 65 0 0 T P rCHlOLate csecsecsessessesseessessssseseeseeseeseeseeseeseess 1 Ford Cre Weeeeeeeeereeeeee terre reer trereeererrereercerertter 1 Replacement Parts RECOMMENCATION ccceeseesesssesseesesseesesseees 12 Special NOtices cccccssesscsessesessesessesesseseeneees 12 Mobile Communications EQUIPMENT 13 Export Unique OPtiOns c cceeesesseeseseeee 13 Child Safety General INFOrMAtION ccessecsesecesesseeneees 15 Installing Child S ats 16 BOOStEr Seats sr
149. 2544 LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range and Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits C Maximum Load Dual lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle Wheels and Tires D Maximum Load Single lb kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle Information on T Type Tires T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire LE E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires These differences are described below Super Duty TFA A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the nu
150. 28 3 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor Note You will have 10 30 seconds to complete the following steps 4 Return to your car 5 Press and hold the function button you would like to use to control the garage door You may need to hold the button from 5 20 seconds during which time the selected button LED lamp will flash slowly E142659 E164776 6 When the garage door moves release the button within one second The LED lamp will flash rapidly until programming is complete 7 Press and release the button again The garage door should move confirming that programming is successful If your garage door does not operate repeat the previous steps The LED lamp above the selected button will illuminate to confirm that the system is responding to the button command Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped To program another rolling code device repeat Steps 1 through 6 substituting a different function button in Step 5 Fixed Code Programming Note t may be helpful to have another person assist you in programming the transmitter To program units with fixed code DIP switches you will need the garage door hand held transmitter paper and a pen or pencil 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Open the battery cover and note all the switch settings from left to right E164778 When the switch is in the up on or position mark down left button When th
151. 3 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement ULA This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote Super Duty TFA You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote
152. 3822 6 Remove the four bolts from the headlamp assembly 240 Super Duty TFA Maintenance V Via ns amt I oe 7 lt E it EY Q E163824 10 For the park or turn lamp bulb remove the bulb by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out 11 Install the new bulb s in reverse order CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are Presence of thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Super Duty TFA Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are Water puddle inside the lamp Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing Front Clearance and Identification Lamp Bulbs If Equipped A
153. 5A Not used spare 26 5A Steering wheel control module 27 20A Not used spare 28 15A Ignition switch 29 20A SYNC GPS module Radio faceplate Super Duty TFA 221 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 30 15A Parking lamp relay Trailer tow parking lamp relay 31 5A Trailer brake controller brake signal Customer access 32 15A Moonroof motor Telescoping mirror switch Auto dimming mirrors Power inverter Driver and passenger door lock switch illumination Rear heated seat switch illumination Driver and passenger smart window motor Passenger window switch 33 10A Restraint control module 34 10A Heated steering wheel module Rear heated seats module 35 5A Select shift switch Reverse park aid module Trailer brake control module 36 10A Fuel tank select switch 37 10A Positive temperature coefficient heater 38 10A AM FM radio faceplate 39 15A High beam headlamps 40 10A Parking lamps in mirrors Roof marker lamps 4 7 5A Passenger airbag deactivation indicator 42 5A Not used spare 43 10A Wiper relay 44 10A Auxiliary switches 45 5A Not used spare 46 10A Climate control 47 15A Fog lamps Fog lamp indicator in switch 48 30A Circuit breaker Power windows switch Power rear sliding window switch Moonroof switch 49 Relay Delayed accessory Super Duty TFA 222 Maintenance GENERAL INF
154. Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it Moving the Seat Backward and locks Forward Tilting Head Restraints If Equipped The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following a yg a E162727 CI KS Recline Adjustment E144727 1 Adjust the seat back to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the desired position After the head restraint reaches the 162728 forward most tilt position pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward un tilted position Note Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted Instead continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position 110 Super Duty TFA Seats Manual Lumbar if Equipped a E162729 The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side of the seat Turn the control to adjust your support POWER SEATS iF EquipPeD WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving Adjusting your seatback while the vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of the vehicle Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position E162730 The control is located on the outboard side of the seat Move the switch in the direction of the arrow
155. BC See Trailer Sway Control page 188 TRAILER CONNECTED TRAILER DISCONNECTED Acorrect trailer connection a trailer with electric trailer brakes is sensed during a given ignition cycle A trailer connection becomes disconnected either intentionally or unintentionally and has been sensed during a given ignition cycle Disregard this status if your vehicle is not equipped with a factory installed trailer brake controller This message may appear when an aftermarket TBC is used even when the trailer is connected TRAILER SWAY REDUCE SPEED Your trailer sway control has detected trailer sway so you need to reduce your speed WIRING FAULT ON TRAILER Faults with your vehicle wiring and trailer wiring or brake system See Towing a Trailer page 187 4WD Message Action CHECK 4X4 A fault is present in your 4X4 system See Using Four Wheel Drive page 149 4X4 SHIFT INPROGRESS Your 4X4 system is making a shift FOR 4X4 LOW APPLY BRAKE You need to apply the brake in order to shift into 4X4 LOW FOR 4X4 LOW SHIFT TON When your vehicle is at a stop and you need to shift into Neutral before you select 4X4 LOW FOR 4X4 LOW SLOW TO 3 MPH When your vehicle is moving and you need to reduce your speed to select 4X4 LOW Super Duty TFA 101 Information Displays Message TO EXIT 4X4 LOW APPLY BRAKE Action You select 2WD and need t
156. C Services and continue enjoying your personalized services You can even access your account outside your vehicle Just use the number on your phone s call history Traffic and Directions features do not function properly but information services and the 411 connect and text message features are available SYNC AppLink Note This feature is only available in the United States Note You must pair and connect your smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink Note iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port in order to start the application We recommend you lock your iPhone after starting an application Note The AppLink feature is not available if your vehicle is equipped with the MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch system Note Depending on your display type you can access AppLink from the media menu the phone menu or by using voice commands Once an app is running through AppLink you can control main features of the app through voice commands and steering wheel controls Super Duty TFA To Access Using the Phone Menu 1 Press the phone button to access the SYNC phone menu on screen 2 Scroll to Mobile Apps and press OK to access a list of available applications Scroll through the list of available applications and press OK to select a particular app 4 Once an app is running through SYNC you can access an app s menu by pressing the MENU button to first access the SYNC menu 5 Select
157. CK Shifting to from 4L 4x4 Low 1 Bring the vehicle to a stop or a speed below 3 mph 5 km h 2 Place the transmission in N Neutral 3 Move the transfer case shift lever through N Neutral directly to the desired position 4 lf the transfer case does not or only partially moves to the desired position perform a shift with the transmission in N Neutral and the vehicle rolling at a speed below 3 mph 5 km h Super Duty TFA 5 If shifting to 2H 2WD with the vehicle at a complete stop disengage the locking hubs optional by rotating the hub lock control from LOCK to FREE Using the N Neutral position WARNING Do not leave the vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the N Neutral position Always set the parking brake fully and turn off the ignition when leaving the vehicle 2H 4H 4L E163189 The transfer case neutral position overrides the transmission and puts the vehicle in neutral regardless of transmission gearshift lever position The vehicle can move forward or backwards This position should only be used when towing the vehicle Four Wheel Drive it Equipped Using the Electronic Shift on the Fly 4WD system if Equipped E163190 2H 2WD For general on road driving Sends power to the rear wheels only and should be used for street and highway driving Provides optimal smoothness and fuel economy at high speeds 4H 4X4 HIGH Used for extra t
158. Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature turned on text message notifications are also suppressed and donotring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Turn onor turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 389 Super Duty TFA 362 MyFord Touch it equipped Phone Ringer Phone Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone you can adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature
159. DE sedrs 1145 90R17 15 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS XXX XX XXXX XXXX AL ETT E142517 CARGO E143817 Cargo Weight includes all GAWR Gross Axle Weight f Rating is the maximum ie eee ere rail allowable weight that can be f ied by asingle axle front or optional equipment When towing calle trailer tongue load or king pin rear These numbers are shown A on the Safety Compliance weight is also part of cargo weight Certification Label The label shall GAW Gross Axle Weight is be affixed to either the door hinge the total weight placed on each pillar door latch post or the door axle front and rear including edge that meets the door latch vehicle curb weight and all post next to the driver s seating payload position The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating 178 Super Duty TFA Load Carrying Note For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer E143818 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight plus cargo plus passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo It is shown on the Example only Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the do
160. Drink amp Dining cityseekr Travel amp Transportation Note cityseekr point of interest PO Financial information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Emergency Canada and 11 in Mexico Community Health amp Medicine Automotive Shopping cityseekr Entertainment amp Arts E142634 Recreation amp Sports cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain Government points of interest such as restaurants Domestic Services hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of interest Subcategories the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr Restaurant lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description Golf check in and checkout times or restaurant Parking hours Press More Information for a longer Home amp Garden review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the Eee SENICE website This screen displays the point of Auto Dealership interest icon such as 402 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped Hotel Coffeehouse Food amp Drink Nightlife Attraction This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has c
161. Driverand Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module 1 To properly position yourself away from the airbag Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position Supplementary Restraints System After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly Properly seated occupants sit upright lean against the seat back and center themselves on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING Airbags can kill or injure a childina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back A E142846 Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children
162. Fuse rating Mini fuses Standard Maxi fuses Cartridge Fuse link fuses maxi fuses cartridge 2A Grey Grey 3A Violet Violet 4A Pink Pink E 5A Tan Tan 7 5A Brown Brown 10A Red Red 15A Blue Blue 20A Yellow Yellow Yellow Blue Blue 25A Natural Natural Natural Natural 30A Green Green Green Pink Pink 40A Orange Green Green 50A Red Red Red 60A Blue Yellow Yellow 70A Tan Brown 80A Natural Black Black Super Duty TFA 214 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Power Distribution Box WARNINGS A Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses A To reduce risk of electrical shock 1y always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads If you disconnect and reconnect the battery you will need to reset some features See Changing the 12V Battery page 235 E163101
163. INE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 6 2L V8 Engine 6 8L V10 Engine Cubic inches 378 413 Required fuel Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 octane Firing order 5 4 8 6 3 7 2 6 5 10 2 7 3 8 4 9 Ignition system Coil on plug Coil on plug Spark plug gap 0 041 0 047 inch 1 04 1 20 0 039 0 043 inch 1 00 mm 1 10mm Compression ratio 9 8 9 2 1 6 8L Engines with A C Drivebelt Routing i 6 2L Engines E163761 Super Duty TFA E163763 292 Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PARTS Component 6 2L V8 engine 6 8L V10 engine Air filter element FA 1883 FA 1883 Oil filter FL 820 S FL 820 S Battery standard BXT 65 650 BXT 65 650 Battery optional BXT 65 750 BXT 65 750 Spark plugs platinum CYFS12FP SP 526 HJFS 24FP SP 509 Seat filter FS 104 FS 104 Windshield wiper blade WW 2201 P WW 2201 P ace the spark plugs at the For spark plug replacement see an authorized dealer Rep appropriate intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used 293 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION C Make vehicle line series body NUMBER type Pe NES D Engine type Th
164. In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 SYNC If Equipped Times are subject to change due to holidays SYNC Owner Account Why do need a SYNC owner account Required to activate Vehicle Health Report and to view the reports online Required to activate the subscription based SYNC Services and to personalize your Saved Points and Favorites Essential for keeping up with the latest software downloads available for SYNC Access to customer support for any questions you may have Driving Restrictions For your safety certain features are speed dependent and restricted when your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Super Duty TFA 314 When using SYNC Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abi
165. MyKey chapter for more information Placing your vehicle into four wheel drive mode automatically disables traction control Traction control operation will resume when you place your vehicle back into two wheel drive mode Engine only traction control Dual rear wheel vehicles only 4WD Button functions Stability control OFF Traction control system indicator Default at start up Not illuminated Enabled Button pressed momentarily Illuminated Disabled Button pressed again after Not illuminated Enabled deactivation Transfer case switched to Illuminated Disabled Engaging 4WD automatically disables the traction contro Super Duty TFA 163 system Traction Control System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the traction control system was not manually disabled using the stability control button If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light ce temporarily illuminates on engine start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system The stability control off
166. ND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of the vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy Based on the type of crash frontal impact side impact or rollover the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices Supplementary Restraints System The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working See Instrument Cluster page 75 Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following Ty N The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on The readiness light will either flash or stay lit A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem the light or both are
167. ND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFT WARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS U S 250 00 THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE Super Duty TFA Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End User Notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system
168. NTERIOR CLIMATE switched on Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note 70 reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position Increase the temperature Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from and fan speed to improve clearing if the air intake area at the base of the required windshield 105 Super Duty TFA Climate Control Note You may feel a small amount of air from the floor air vents regardless of the air distribution setting During extreme high ambient temperatures when idling stationary for extended periods in gear it is recommended to run the A C in the MAX A C mode adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest setting and put the vehicle s transmission into position P to continue to receive cool air from your A C system For maximum cooling performance in AUTO automatic climate system or panel mode press MAX A C For maximum cooling performance in panel and floor mode 1 Adjust the temperature control to the coolest setting Select A C and recirculated air to provide colder airflow Set the fan to the highest speed initially and then adjust to maintain comfort To aid in side window defogging and demisting in cold or humid weather 1 Select the floor and panel mode 2 Press A C 3 Adjust the temperature control to maintain comfort
169. New Vehicle Limited Warranty and may void the emissions warranties In addition ambulance usage without the preparation package could cause high underbody temperatures overpressurized fuel and a risk of spraying fuel which could lead to fires If your vehicle is equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package it will be indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label is located on the driver s side door pillar or on the rear edge of the driver s door You can determine whether the ambulance manufacturer followed Ford s recommendations by directly contacting that manufacturer Ford Ambulance Preparation Package is only available on certain Diesel engine equipped vehicles Using your Vehicle as a Stationary Power Source Information and guidelines for operating a vehicle equipped with an aftermarket power take off system can be found in this Owner s Manual See Power Take Off page 148 Super Duty TFA MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equi
170. OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 Super Duty TFA FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 IC 1422A SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15
171. ORMATION ytohelp resale Ford Have your vehicle serviced regular maintain its roadworthiness and value There is a large network of authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle Precautions Do not work on a hot engine Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Super Duty TFA 223 Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P
172. R GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME Super Duty TFA STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both Telenav and you agree to sub
173. RENTIAL RELEASE accelerator pedal in order to engage ACCELERATOR PEDAL TO ENGAGE ELD RELEASE PEDAL SLOW VEHICLE TO XX The electronic locking differential requests a certain speed KM H FOR ELD requirement to engage SLOW VEHICLE TO XX The electronic locking differential requests a certain speed MPH FOR ELD requirement to engage CHECK LOCKING An electronic locking differential system fault is present See DIFFERENTIAL Using Four Wheel Drive page 149 SHIFT TO PARK A reminder to shift into park Engine Message Action TRANSPORT MODE CONTACT Your vehicle is set to transport mode The transport DEALER mode disables certain vehicle functions to prevent battery discharge POWER REDUCED TO LOWER The engine has reduced power in order to help reduce ENGINE TEMP high coolant temperature See Engine Coolant Check page 227 Fuel Message Action FUEL LEVEL LOW An early reminder of a low fuel condition CHECK FUEL CAP The fuel cap may not be properly closed Super Duty TFA 97 Information Displays Key Message Action COULD NOT PROGRAM You have attempted to program a fifth integrated key See INTEGRATED KEY Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control page 49 TO DRIVE TURN KEY The factory equipped remote start is active Turn your key to TOON on to drive Maintenance Message Action ENGINE OIL CHANGE SOON The engine oil life is nearing its end See Engine Oi
174. RNDM 21 E163183 Putting your vehicle in or out of gear 1 Fully press down the brake pedal 2 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear 3 Come toa complete stop 4 Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning Transmission R Reverse With the gearshift lever in R Reverse the vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of R Reverse N Neutral With the gearshift lever in N Neutral the vehicle can be started and is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position D Overdrive with tow haul off D Overdrive with tow haul off is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through six D Overdrive with tow haul on E163182 The tow haul feature improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load All transmission gear ranges are available when using tow haul TOW To activate tow haul press the HAUL button on the end of the gearshift lever The TOW HAUL indicator light will illuminate in the instrument cluster Super Duty TFA Tow haul delays upshifts to reduce frequency of transmission shifting Tow haul also provides engine braking in all forward gears when the transmission is in the
175. S 213 Reporting Safety Defects U S OMY a 212 Roadside ASSISTANCE cecsecsecsesseceeseeees 204 Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside PASSISCEM GO saasaa aian 204 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside PASSISTAN GO estas ctessstcsecess ieeecaetsatsarvtiece seuss 204 Vehicles Sold In The U S Getting Roadside ASSISTAM GO sceicascsishicissosdetesssbacessdsssacsiceadtosezeicocs 204 Vehicles Sold In The U S Using Roadside Assistance Roadside Emergencies Running In See Breaking In Running Out of Fuel Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container 3 Safety Belt Height Adjustment Safety Belt Minder Belt Minder Super Duty TFA 453 Safety Belts Principle of Operation Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator Conditions of operation Safety Canopy Safety Precautions Satellite Radio ESN ecien nei 310 Satellite Radio Reception Factors 309 SIRIUS Satellite Radio Service 309 Troubleshooting Scheduled Maintenance Record Scheduled Maintenance Security Settings Vehicle Sid Ajr DAES 42 Sitting in the Correct Position 108 Snow Chains See Using SNOW Chin 273 Snowplowing Engine temperature while plowing Installing the Snowplow Operating the Vehicle with the nowplow Snowplowing with your Airbag Equipped Vehicle Transmission operation while plowing Special Notices New Vehicle Limited Warrant
176. SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Appendices Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in
177. States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Datais a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME HERE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2 101 and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided 1987 2013 HERE All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Appendices Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 59
178. Steering Fluid Check Power Take Off riian Power Windows Accessory Delay Bounce Back One Touch Up or Down Power Sliding Back Window Window Lock R Piar AlE aee A RER Rear Seat Armrest Re r Seats reiissi ia Folding the Rear Seat Back Crew Cab E E E E A T E ET 113 Folding up the Rear Seat CusShion 113 Rear Heated Seats ccccesssssesssesssesesseseesees 4 Rear Under Seat Storage Crew Cab 4 Returning the Seat to the Seating PO SHOP seis enn ceea cases ann anin 13 Rear View CAMera cesesssssesesesseseseseseseseees 171 Using the Rear View Camera System 171 Rear View Camera See Rear View CaMera e esecsessssseseseees 171 Recommended Towing Weights 188 Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight for Your Vehicle Index Refueling Fuel Filler Cap Remote Control Car Finder Integrated Keyhead Transmitters Memory Feature Remote Start Replacing the Battery Sounding a Panic Alarm Remote Start Automatic Settings Heated and Cooled DeVICES ccccceeeeee 107 Removing a Headlamp 239 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 251 Replacement Parts Recommendation Collision Repairs a Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs Warranty on Replacement Parts Replacing a Lost Key or Remote CONO laisse Sneath ae 49 Reporting Safety Defects Canada OPW EEE E ees eet cites
179. Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own MyFord Touch if equipped Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays Safety Information WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is t
180. TFA 250 CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp white cotton cloth then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not use household or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Damage may not be covered by your warranty If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces clean as follows 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean white cotton cloth Vehicle Care 2 Wipe the surface with a damp clean white cotton cloth For more thorough cleaning use a mild soap and water solution If the spot cannot be completely
181. TH YOUR MEDIA PLAYER You can access and play music from your digital music player over your vehicle s speaker system using the system s media menu or voice commands You can also sort and play your music by specific categories such as artist and album Note 7he system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune Plays from device players and most USB drives SYNC also supports audio formats such as MP3 WMA WAV and ACC Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port Note f your digital media player has a power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in To Connect Using Voice Commands 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press the voice icon and when prompted say USB 3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate voice commands See the media voice commands To Connect Using the System Menu 1 Plug the device into the USB port 2 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 3 Scroll to Select Source Press OK 4 Scroll to USB Press OK 5 Depending on how many digital media files are on your connected device Indexing may appear in the radio display When indexing is complete the screen returns to the Play menu SYNC If Equipped Press OK and scroll through selections of Play All Albums USB Play playlist lt name gt Genres n3 Play
182. The indicator lamp is located by the radio Note The indicator lamp will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional Turning the Passenger Airbag Off WARNINGS If the light fails to illuminate when the passenger air bag switch is off and the ignition is on have the passenger air bag switch serviced at your authorized dealer immediately In order to avoid inadvertent activation of the switch always remove the ignition key from the passenger air bag on and off switch Super Duty TFA An infant in a rear facing seat faces a high risk of serious or fatal injuries from a deploying passenger airbag Rear facing infant seats should never be placed in the front seats unless the passenger airbag is turned off o PASSENGER AIRBAG 1 Insert the ignition key turn the switch to OFF and hold in OFF while removing the key 2 Whenthe ignition is turned on the pass airbag off light illuminates briefly momentarily shuts off and then turns back on This indicates that the passenger airbag is deactivated E162722 Turning the Passenger Airbag Back On WARNINGS The safety belts for the driver and right front passenger seating positions have been specifically designed to function together with the airbags in certain types of crashes When you turn off your airbag you not only lose Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS the pr
183. UR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels onthe ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction Place the transmission in position N If you cannot move the transmission into N you may need to override it See Transmission page 142 Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering your vehicle See Climate Control page 103 Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational towing such as towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission Two wheel Drive Vehicles and Four wheel Drive Vehicles Equipped with an Electronic shift Transfer Case Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise you cannot tow your vehicle Towing Four wheel Drive Vehicles Equipped with a Manual shift Transfer Case 1 Put the transmission in position N 2 Put the transfer
184. Wheel Drive it Equipped provides 4x4 High engagement and disengagement while the vehicle is moving is operated by a rotary control located on the instrument panel that allows you select 4x2 4x4 High or 4x4 Low operation uses auto manual hub locks that can be engaged and disengaged automatically based on the 4x4 mode selected will increase fuel economy when used inthe recommended AUTO lock mode 4WD Indicator Lights Note When a 4X4 system fault is present the system will typically remain in whichever 4X4 mode was selected prior to the fault condition occurring It will not default to 4X2 in all circumstances When this warning is displayed have your vehicle serviced by an authorized dealer 4X2 Momentarily illuminates when 2H is selected 4X4 HIGH Continuously illuminates when 4H is selected 4X4 LOW 4x4 Continuously illuminates when Mejias Lis selected CHECK 4X4 Displays when a 4X4 fault is present Super Duty TFA Using a Manual Shift On Stop MSOS 4wd system if equipped Note High shift efforts may be encountered when attempting to shift into and out of 4x4 modes It is recommended to allow the vehicle to roll at a speed below 3 mph 5 km h when shifting between modes 2H 4H N AL E163189 2H 2WD For general on road driving Sends power to the rear wheels only and should be used for street and highway driving Provides optimal smoothness and fuel economy at h
185. X MPH EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY ENGINE IDLED SOON EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY Action The diesel exhaust fluid is empty You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle Refer to your diesel supplement for more information The selective catalytic reduction system detects low exhaust fluid The engine will eventually enter into an idle only mode You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle Refer to your diesel supplement for more information ENGINE IDLED SEE OWNER S MANUAL EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY A problem exists with the selective catalytic reduction system The vehicle will enter into an idle only mode If the exhaust fluid is empty you must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle Refer to your diesel supplement for more information IN XX MILES SPEED LIMITED TO 50 MPH EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM FAULT The selective catalytic reduction system detects a fault The vehicle s top speed will become limited in the displayed distance starting at 50 miles 80 km and count down from this point Refer to your diesel supplement for more informa tion Have the system checked by an authorized dealer SPEED LIMITED TO 50 MPH UPON RESTART EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM FAULT The selective catalytic reduction system detects a fault The vehicle s top speed will become limited upon restarting Refer to your diesel supplemen
186. a higher temperature Attention to engine temperature is especially important when outside temperatures are above freezing Angle the blade to maximize airflow to the radiator and monitor engine temperature to determine whether a left or right angle provides the best performance Driving Hints Follow the severe duty schedule in your Scheduled Maintenance information for engine oil and transmission fluid change intervals Snowplowing with your Airbag Equipped Vehicle WARNINGS Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint system SRS or its fuses See your Ford or Lincoln Mercury dealer Additional equipment such as snowplow equipment may affect the performance of the airbag sensors increasing the risk of injury Please refer to the Body Builders Layout Book for instructions about the appropriate installation of additional equipment All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when provided with an airbag supplemental restraint system SRS Your vehicle is equipped with a driver and passenger airbag supplemental restraint system The supplemental restraint system will activate in certain frontal and offset frontal collisions when the vehicle sustains sufficient frontal deceleration Careless or high speed driving while plowing snow that results in sufficient vehicle decelerations can deploy the air
187. acement keys Programming a Spare Key Note You can program a maximum of eight coded keys to your vehicle Only four of these can be integrated keyhead transmitters You can program your own integrated keyhead transmitter or standard SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle This procedure will program both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry portion of the remote control to your vehicle Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys You must have two previously programmed coded keys and the new unprogrammed key readily accessible See an authorized dealer to have the spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin Security 1 Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ignition 2 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 3 Switch the ignition off and remove the first coded key from the ignition 4 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off insert the second previously coded key into the ignition 5 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least three seconds but no more than 10 seconds 6 Switch the ignition off and remove the second previously programmed coded key from the ignition 7 After three seconds but within 10 seconds of swi
188. adliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events E75004 The system consists of the following Safety canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment N The crash sensors and monitoring system have a readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 44 Super Duty TFA Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The Safety Canopy will not interfere with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy CRASH SENSORS A
189. aft SAE 75W 140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 75W140 OL U S WSL M2C192 A CXY 75W140 1L Canada WSL M2C192 A Rear axle F 350 Dana M80 8 5 pints 4 0L Motorcraft SAE 75W 90 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 75W90 OLS WSS M2C918 A Rear axle F 450 550 14 0 pints 6 6L Motorcraft SAE 75W 140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 75W140 OL U S WSL M2C192 A Dana S110 S130 CXY 75W140 IL Canada WSL M2C192 A Brake fluid Between MIN Motorcraft High PM 20 WSS MAX on brake Performance DOT 3 M6C65 Al fluid reservoir LV Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Motorcraft High PM 20 WSS Performance DOT 4 M6C65 A2 LV Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid Engine coolant 6 2L 21 3 quarts Motorcraft Orange VC 3DIL B U S vg 20 2L Antifreeze Coolant WSS M97B44 D2 Prediluted CVC 3DIL B Canada WSS M97B44 D2 296 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or Ford part number equivalent Ford specification Engine coolant 6 8L 26 7 quarts Motorcraft Orange VC 3DIL B U S v10 25 3L Antifreeze Coolant WSS M97B44 D2 Prediluted DE CVC 3DIL B Canada WSS M97B44 D2 Engine and fuel coolant Refer to the diesel supplement diesel engine Engine oil 6 2L V8 and 7 0 quarts 6 6L Motorcraft or equi XO 5W20 OSP or 6 8L V10 gasoline valent SAE 5W 20 XO 5W20 OFS 456 motor oi
190. age varies and improves with updated map releases E162051 Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D P travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North uponly If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up Heading up 2D map always shows the direction of forward North up 2D map always shows the northern direction to be upward on the screen Super Duty TFA 405 3D map mode provides an A elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route SIRIUS Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route this icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle s current location Re center the map by pressing Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on t
191. ags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 36 Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 204 Important information regarding the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Touch Apps gt 911 Assist then select On You can also access 911 Assist by Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Super Duty TFA You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call
192. alth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Customer Assistance Ford Middle East Customer Relationship Center P O Box 21470 Dubai United Arab Emirates Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number for the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299 Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the
193. am data and music separately 3Some digital media players require both USB and line in ports to stream data and music separately Indexing times can vary from device to device and with regard to the number of songs the system needs to process 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter Accessing Your Play Menu the media menu This menu allows you to select and play 2 Scroll to Play Press OK your media by artist album genre playlist f there are no media files to access the track similar music oreventoexplorewhat display indicates there is no media If there is on your USB device are media files you have the following Note f your digital media player has a options power switch make sure you switch it on before plugging it in When you select You can Play All Play all indexed media tracks from your playing device in flat file mode one at a time in numerical order Press OK to select The first track title appears in the display Artists Sort all indexed media by artist Once selected the system lists and then play all artists and tracks alphabetically If there are fewer than 255 indexed artists the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically 339 Super Duty TFA SYNC If Equipped When you select Albums You can Press OK to select You can select to play All Artists or any indexe
194. and Artist fields on screen Super Duty TFA The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are onan acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG Button gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG 3 Thesystem automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as areminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MyFord Touch if equipped When HD Radio broadcasts are active you Memory presets allow you to save an can access the following functions active channel as a memory preset Scan allows you to hear a brief To
195. and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement Telenav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the Telenav Software in object code form only in order to access and use the Telenav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties 3 1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav c remove from the Telenav Software or alter any of Telenav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software or e use the Telenav Software in any manner that i infringes t
196. ap Lamp Interior MirrOl ceseseseeeee ney AUtO DIMMING MirrOF cescscesestesseseseseeseseeseeeeee 72 INTOCUCTION LA eeeccsessessesestestesesseseesesteseseesceeeseesess 7 Jump Starting the Vehicle 205 Connecting the Jumper Cables n JUMP Starting Preparing Your Vehicle a Removing the Jumper Cables 206 Super Duty TFA 451 Keyless En try ccccscsscsessesessssessssessssesssseesesesees 55 SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY L EIShHMSsC GNING eseceee elit Headlamp Flasher High Beams Lighting Limited Slip Differential eee 158 Load Carrying Load Limit Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick up Trucks and Utility type VENIGIES s Aisserideiceiien ena 183 Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer Locking and Unlocking Autolock and Autounlock Battery Saver Illuminated Entry Power Door Locks Remote Control Smart Unlocks 54 LEQ GKSiadesecscscescscesesceseseesetecucescestecescecessecessecestissesess 54 Lug Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel cccsceeeeeee 279 MA INTCNANCE eecesesteseseseststeseseseseseseeseseeseaees 223 General Information Manual Climate Control Manual Seats Manual Lumbar Moving the Seat Backward and Forward 10 Recline AGjUStMENL ccscesceesteseseseeeeeeseene 110 Media Hub 4 312 Memory Function Easy Entry and Exit Feature Message Center S
197. ar different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle Super Duty TFA Note Either Ford Motor Company or an authorized Ford dealer may have originally sold this incomplete vehicle to a vehicle modifier who upfitted it As a result some of the options and features on this vehicle may differ from what we describe in this manual This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat A ya Ti E154903 A Right hand side B Left hand side Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle A Safety alert See Owner s Manual LH Introduction Air conditioning system Anti lock braking system Avoid smoking flames or sparks Battery Battery acid Brake fluid non petroleum based Brake system ojoj Hela Cabin air filter A Check fuel cap gt A Child safety door lock or unlock A Kx Child seat lower anchor
198. ard BT Stereo and A V In These buttons change with the media mode you are in H Radio memory presets and CD controls nmo ouv gt a Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer Browsing Device Content for more information When listening to audio on a device you You can access these options using the can browse through other devices without touchscreen or voice commands having to change sources For example if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device 366 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped Press the voice icon on the Your voice system allows you to change us steering wheel When prompted audio sources with a simple voice you can Say command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the Browse SIRIUS station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or SIRIUS satellite radio Note This is only available when your BROWSE within devices n e Browse lt league gt games nt Browse lt Sirius category gt channels Browse SD card
199. ard you to reduce glare at night Auto Dimming Mirror f Equipped Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up Windows and Mirrors SUN VISORS WARNINGS When closing the moonroof you Slide on rod if Equipped should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening You can manually open or close the sliding shade when the moonroof is closed Pull the shade toward the front of your vehicle to close it The moonroof controls are located on the overhead console and have a one touch open and close feature To stop it during E138666 S one touch operation press the control a second time Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra Opening and Closing the Moonroof shade Illuminated Vanity Mirror it equipped E163063 Press and release the SLIDE control to E162197 open the moonroof The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbl
200. are different and they have different instructions Identify your package and refer to the instructions listed in this chapter CAR2U Home Automation System If Equipped WARNINGS Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage Super Duty TFA WARNINGS Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 Note Before you begin the programming process park your vehicle in front of the garage door opener motor or other device you want to program Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the Function Button Codes later in this section Note Programming the system to a community gate will require a unique set of instructions depending on the gate system model Contact the help line at 1 866 572 2728 for further information Note f you accidently enter the program mode by pressing and releasing the outer two buttons or all three buttons simultaneously do not press any button until th
201. are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash Super Duty TFA 42 If two adults and a child occupy a Regular Cab properly restrain the child in the center front unless doing so would interfere with driving your vehicle This provides lap and shoulder belt protection for all occupants and airbag protection for the adults A child or infant properly restrained in the center front seat should not incur risk of serious injury from the airbags SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact witha deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible If the side airbag has deployed the ai
202. arm Anti Theft Alarm Arming the Alarm Disarming the Alarm ADPDENGICES aiiin Audible Warnings and Indicators Headlamps On Warning Chime Key in Ignition Warning Chime Parking Brake On Warning Chime Audio Control Mea cece Seek Next or Previous es Audio Input Jack 31 Audio System General Information Super Duty TFA Audio unit Vehicles With AM FM CD SY ING dna 303 Audio unit Vehicles With AM PMen aa iia 302 Autolamps Autolamps Programmable Exit Automatic Climate Control Automatic Transmission z Brake Shift INterlOCk ccccsessseseseseseeeeesees 146 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or SOW ieee e AEA ETA A E 148 Understanding the Shift Positions of a 6 Speed Automatic Transmission 143 Understanding the Shift Positions of the 5 Speed Automatic Transmission 142 Understanding your SelectShift Automatic transmission 145 Automatic Transmission Fluid Chet karoa E ee 231 Checking Automatic Transmission Fluid If Equipped inh Auxiliary Power Points TIO Volt AC Power POInts cccccsceeseeteseeees 127 12 Volt DC Power POINt ccescsseeeteseestesteeees 127 LOCATON Sciis Auxiliary Switches B Bonnet Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood Booster Seats Types of Booster Seats Brake Fluid Check C California Proposition 65 0 Capacities and Specifications a Technical Spe
203. arning light will flash for confirmation This will disable the feature if it is currently enabled This will enable the feature if it is currently disabled CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Properly care for safety belts See Vehicle Care page 247 35 Super Duty TFA Sup
204. as been submerged in water During long periods of trailer towing with outside temperatures above 70 F 21 C and at wide open throttle for long periods above 45 mph 72 km h change non synthetic rear axle fluid every 3000 miles 4800 kilometers or Super Duty TFA If ran exclusively on E85 fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel three months whichever comes first This interval can be waived if the axle is filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number F1TZ 19580 B or equivalent Add friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Police Taxi and Livery vehicle axle maintenance Change rear axle fluid every 100000 miles 160000 kilometers Rear axle fluid change may be waived if the axle was filled with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting Ford specification WSL M2C192 A part number FITZ 19580 B or equivalent Add four ounces 118 milliliters of additive friction modifier XL 3 EST M2C118 A or equivalent for complete refill of Traction Lok rear axles Change the axle fluid anytime the axle submerges in water 437 Scheduled Maintenance California fuel filter replacement If you register your vehicle in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty
205. as storage space located under the seat cushion 4 Use your vehicle key to lock the storage space E162741 Rear Heated Seats if Equipped E162739 Lift up the lever and flip up the seat WARNING cushion to access the storage space and Persons who are unable to feel pain the power point A to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may E162740 To remove the storage space divider cause the seat heater to overheat An squeeze the sides and lift it from the overheated seat may cause serious storage tub personal injury Note Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly The rear seat heat controls are located on the rear door armrest 114 b t E __ E r Super Duty TFA m Seats To operate the heated seats Push the indicated side of the control for maximum hea
206. ash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in acrash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to Someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature MyFord Touch i equipped If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airb
207. ashing in10 20 seconds When this happens release both buttons You have now erased the programming and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when you press any of the three HomeLink buttons Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 126 Super Duty TFA Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cause damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note f used when the engine is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do n
208. asteners under the column that secure the lower shroud half to the column l d E163185 7 Pullthe lock lever into the full unlocked position and remove the lower shroud cover by pulling the lever handle through the slot in the cover E163186 8 Apply the brake and move the gearshift lever into N Neutral 147 Transmission 9 Start the vehicle Perform Steps 4 through 8 in reverse order making sure to engage the hinge pivots between the upper and lower halves of the shroud Keep slight pressure in the forward direction as the halves are rotated together If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note Do not rock the vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock the vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it may be rocked out by shifting between forward and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear POWER TAKE OFF Auxiliary equipment called power take off or PTO is often added to the engine or transmission to operate utility equipment Examples include a wheel lift for tow trucks cranes tools for construction or tire service and pumping fluids PTO applications draw auxiliary horsepower from the powertrain often while the vehicle is stationary In
209. at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically MyFord Touch it equipped 911 Assist May Not Work If Your cellular phone or 911
210. at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If yourequire assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center Customer Assistance In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center Vehicle Identification Number Your telephone number home and business The name of the authorized dealer and city where located The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attemptin some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to con
211. ated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the air in the passenger compartment is recirculating the LED on the button illuminates Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal A C G Temperature control Controls the temperature of the air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired temperature 103 6 Wo L rr Super Duty TFA Climate Control Fan speed control Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Turn to select the desired fan speed Power Press to switch the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle and the windshield may fog up AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A B C DE F G H E163164 A Super Duty TFA Power and Driver temperature control Press to turn the climate control system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter the vehicle Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is disengaged Rear defrost Turns the heated windows and mirrors off and on See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 106 Defrost Distributes air through the windshield de
212. ated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving A Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel Corresponding information is displayed in the information display Super Duty TFA 81 Information Display Controls Type1 cent KS SO AT S Enu 7 ie Ndi poa ama t COA H M2 gM ton 6 kt i 20 ity 00 B90 F400 A 6 a y 3 5 E163177 Press the INFO button to scroll through trip outside temperature fuel usage trailer gain and MyKey information Press the SETUP button to scroll through various vehicle feature settings Press the RESET button to choose settings reset information and confirm messages ke Info Press the INFO button repeatedly to cycle through the following features Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional Information Displays INFO TRIP A B XXX if equipped MYKEY MILES km if programmed XXX MILES km TO E XX X AVG MPG L 100km MPG L km TIMER TBC GAIN if equipped EXHAUST FILTER diesel only TRIP A B Registers the distance of individual journeys Press and release the INFO button until TRIP A B appears in the display this represents the trip mode Press and hold the RESET button to reset
213. atible file formats are as follows jpg gif ong bmp Each file must be 1 5 MB or less Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 Sound Press the Settings icon gt Sound then select from the following Sound Bass Midrange Treble Set Balance and Fade DSP Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have these sound settings Vehicle Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle then select from the following Vehicle Health Report Rear View Camera Enable Valet Mode Vehicle Health Report Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections Super Duty TFA When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter See Information page 389 Rear View Camera This menu allows you to access settings for your rear view camera Press the Settings icon gt Ts Vehicle gt Rear View Camera then select from the following settings Rear Camera Delay Visual Park Aid Alert Guidelines You can find more information on the rear view camera in another chapter See Rear View Camera page 171 Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN You ca
214. ation Text information does not match currently playing audio Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Sean is pressed Pressing Sean disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences Super Duty TFA 308 Audio System HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion SATELLITE RADIO iF equipped SIRIUS broadcasts a variety of music news sports weather traffic and entertainment satellite radio channels For more information and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published
215. ations 389 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch if equipped Under the Information menu you can access features such as SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts Calendar SYNC Applications a If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone page 383 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Super Duty TFA 390 Note The d
216. atisfy Ford compliance certification to FMVSS Exceeding this weight may require the auxiliary equipment installer additional safety certification responsibility The Front Accessory Reserve Capacity FARC is for customer convenience Super Duty TFA Rear ballast weight behind the rear axle may be required to prevent exceeding the FGAWR and provide front to rear weight balance for proper braking and steering Front wheel toe may require re adjustment to prevent premature uneven tire wear Specifications are in the Ford Workshop Manual Headlight aim may require re adjustment The tire air pressures recommended for general driving are on the vehicle s Safety Certification Label The maximum cold inflation pressure for the tire and associated load rating is on the tire sidewall Tire air pressure may require re adjustment within these pressure limits to accommodate the additional weight of the snowplow installation Federal and some local regulations require additional exterior lamps for snowplow equipped vehicles Consult your authorized dealer for additional information Operating the Vehicle with the Snowplow Attached Note Do not use your vehicle for snow removal until you have driven at least 500 miles 800 kilometers Ford recommends vehicle speed does not exceed 44 7 mph 72 km h when snowplowing The attached snowplow blade restricts airflow to the radiator and may cause the engine to run at
217. authorized dealer If the system is disabled normal HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES Note When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you your vehicle is hydroplaning you take corners too fast the road surface is poor Brakes PARKING BRAKE WARNING Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the transmission selector lever is placed in position P Failure to set the parking brake and engage park could result in vehicle roll away property damage or bodily injury Turn the ignition to the lock position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle A Apply the parking brake whenever your vehicle is parked Press the pedal downward to set the parking brake The brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster will illuminate and remains illuminated until the parking brake is released To release pull the brake release lever located at the lower left side of the instrument panel If you are parking your vehicle on a grade or with a trailer press and hold the brake pedal down then set the parking brake There may be a little vehicle movement as the parking brake sets to hold the vehicle s weight This is normal and should be no reason for conc
218. bag Such driving also increases the risk of accidents Never remove or defeat the tripping mechanisms designed into the snow removal equipment by its manufacturer Doing so may cause damage to the vehicle and the snow removal equipment as well as possible airbag deployment Super Duty TFA Engine temperature while plowing When driving with a plow your engine may run at a higher temperature than normal because the attached snowplow blade will restrict airflow to the radiator If you are driving more than 14 91 mi 24 km at temperatures above freezing angle the plow blade either full left or full right to provide maximum airflow to the radiator If you are driving less than 14 91 mi 24 km at speeds up to 44 7 mph 72 km h in cold weather you will not need to worry about blade position to provide maximum airflow Transmission operation while plowing WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 34 2 mph 55 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander Shift transfer case to 4L 4WD Low when plowing in small areas at speeds below 5 mph 8 km h Shift transfer case to 4H 4WD High when plowing larger areas or light snow at higher speeds Do not exceed 15 mph 24 km h Do not shift the transmission from a forward gear to R Reverse until the engine is at idle and the wheels have stopped Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold In The U S Getting Roads
219. bag excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca See Supplementary Restraints System page 36 Important information about airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside Emergencies page 204 Important information about the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu 2 Scroll to select 911 Assist 3 Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 Assist menu 4 Scroll to select between On and Off 5 Press OK when the desired option appears in the radio display Set On or Set Off appears in the display as confirmation Off selections include Off with reminder Provides a display and voice reminder at phone connection at vehicle start Off without reminder Provides a display reminder only without a voice reminder at phone connection To make sure that 911 Assist works properly SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident Super Duty TFA You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and com
220. be indicated on the instrument cluster All available gears will be displayed with the current gear indicated Press the button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear Example press the button twice to lock out 6th and 5th gears Only the available gears will be displayed and the transmission will automatically shift between the available gears Press the button to unlock gears Transmission By moving the gearshift lever from the D Drive position to the M Manual position you may now manually select the gear you desire Only the current gear will be displayed Press the button or the button to upshift or downshift If the button is pressed at a vehicle speed that would cause an engine overspeed the requested gear will flash then disappear and the transmission will remain in the current gear Recommended shift speeds Upshift according to the following chart Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Shift from Gasoline engines Diesel engines 1 2 15 mph 24 km h 12 mph 19 km h 2 3 25 mph 40 km h 19 mph 31 km h 3 4 40 mph 64 km h 26 mph 42 km h 4 5 45 mph 72 km h 34 mph 55 km h 5 6 50 mph 80 km h 46 mph 74 km h In order to prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM which may cause it to stall SelectShift will still automatically make some downshifts if it has determined that you have not d
221. ber Fuse amp rating Protected components 37 1OA Vehicle power 5 diesel engine 38 Relay Powertrain control module diesel engine Electronic control module gas engine 39 10A 4x4 hub lock 40 15A 4x4 electronic lock 4 Not used 42 20A Rear heated seats 43 Not used 44 Not used 45 1OA Run start relay coil 46 1OA Transmission control module keep alive power diesel engine 47 10A A C clutch feed 48 Relay Run start 49 1OA Rearview camera system 50 1OA Blower motor relay coil 5 E Not used 52 10A Powertrain control module Electronic control module Transmission control module run start 53 10A 4x4 module 54 1OA Anti lock brake system run start 55 1OA Se defroster coil Battery charge coi 56 20A Passenger compartment fuse panel run start feed 57 Relay Fuel pump 58 Not used 59 Not used 217 Super Duty TFA Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 60 Not used 61 Not used 62 Not used 63 Not used 64 Not used 65 Not used 66 20A Fuel pump 67 Not used 68 1OA Fuel pump relay coil 69 Not used 70 1OA Trailer tow backup lamp 71 10A Canister vent gas engine 72 10A Powertrain control module Electronic control module relay coil feed keep alive power 73 Not used 74 Relay Trailer tow left hand stop turn
222. book name or number the requested information appears in the display to view Press the phone button and say Call to call the contact Super Duty TFA 319 Delete deletes one digit Plus Star Note 70 exit dial mode press and hold the phone button or press MENU to go to the phone menu MENU Phone connections Phone settings message notification off Phone settings message notification on Phone settings set phone ringer Phone settings set ringer 1 Phone settings set ringer 2 Phone settings set ringer 3 Phone settings set ringer off Battery Phone name SYNC If Equipped MENU Receiving Calls When receiving a call you can Signal Answer the call by pressing the phone Text message inbox button Words in are optional and do not have Reject the call by pressing and holding to be spoken for the system to understand the phone button the command Making Calls Ignore the call by doing nothing Phone Options during an Active Call Press the voice icon and when prompted say 1 Say Call lt name gt or Dial then the desired number During an active call you have more menu features that become available such as putting a call on hold or joining calls Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the 2 Whenthesystem confirms
223. bout our interest free payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 0039 Name PLEASE PRINT ADDRESS APT CITY STATE ZIP E MAIL Super Duty TFA Ford Extended Service Plan ESP SERVICE PLANS CANADAONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Service Plan Ford Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as Rental reimbursement Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires Roadside Assistance benefits There are several Ford Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Ford Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers The Lincoln Maintenance Protection Plan is honored at authorized Lincoln dealers Note Repairs perform
224. braking This could result in an increased risk of vehicle roll over loss of vehicle control and personal injury Use all available road surface to bring your vehicle to a safe direction of travel In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding the tires and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements If your vehicle goes from one type of surface to another i e from concrete to gravel there will be a change in the way your vehicle responds to a maneuver i e steering acceleration or braking Sand When driving over sand try to keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift to a lower gear and drive steadily through the terrain Apply the accelerator slowly and avoid excessive wheel slip When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use alow gear when possible Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Avoid driving at excessive speeds this causes vehicle momentum to work against you and your vehicle could become stuck to the point that assistance may be required from another vehicle Remember you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution Four Wheel Drive it Equipped Mud and Water Mud Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even four wheel drive vehicles can lose traction in slick mud If your
225. button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Note You must program the Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter to operate it with the garage door opener Note 70 program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode E142661 A Red indicator light B Green indicator light 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from green to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode If done properly the indicator light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button onthe visor you want to program Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button you want to program The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds you will need to press the Genie transmitter again If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again Once you have programmed HomeLink su
226. button repeatedly to Note Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional Note When returning to the SETUP menu and a non English language has been selected HOLD RESET FOR ENGLISH will be displayed to change back to English Press and hold the RESET button to change cycle the information display through the back to English following features SETUP RESET FOR SYSTEM press the RESET button OIL LIFE EXHAUST FLUID LEVEL Diesel only ENGINE HOURS ENGINE IDLE HOURS CHARGING SYSTEM DOOR BRAKE SYSTEM TBC GAIN XX X FUEL LEVEL MYKEY DISTANCE SETUP cont d RESET FOR press the RESET MYKEY S PROGRAMMED ee eee ieee ADMIN KEYS PROGRAMMED OIL LIFE UNITS press the RESET English or Metric AUTOLAMP SEC Cutten O to 180 seconds AUTOLOCK On or Off AUTOUNLOCK On or Off COURTESY WIPE On or Off 83 Super Duty TFA Information Displays SETUP cont d REMOTE WINDOW OPEN On or Off CREATE MYKEY MYKEY SETUP CLEAR MYKEY RESET FOR REMOTE START TBC MODE TRAILER SWAY LANGUAGE ENGLISH SPANISH FRENCH press the RESET button On or Off 5 10 15 minutes Electric or EOH On or Off English Spanish French PRESS RESET FOR SYSTEM CHECK The information display will begin to cycle through the vehicle systems and provide
227. case in position N 3 Putthe hub locks in the FREE position Always make sure that both hub locks are set to the same position 199 Super Duty TFA Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Your fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these things in mind Accelerate and slow down inasmooth moderate fashion Drive at steady speeds without stopping Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Close the windows for high speed driving Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size Use the recommended engine oil Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance Super Duty TFA Avoid these actions they reduce your fuel economy Sudden accelerations or hard accelerations Revvin
228. ccessfully you must change the Genie transmitter out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Pressthe same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the indicator light will turn green Programming Home Link to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor E142662 Super Duty TFA 1 Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on 2 Release the program button Only the smaller round indicator light should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple indicator light will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds 4 Press and release the previously programmed button on the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for two seconds Repeat this step up to three times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeL_ink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The indicator light will begin fl
229. ce suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide Upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates Super Duty TFA 414 supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue with
230. ch services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Administration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting Appendices TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION A
231. ch as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a collision or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving Super Duty TFA 31 E163160 The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Make sure your vehicle radio and portable music player are turned off and the transmission is in position P Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the AIJ Turn on the radio Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Turn on your portable music player and adjust its volume to half its maximum level oS Audio System 6 Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low 7 Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls USB PORT iF couipPep E163162 A A V inputs B SD card slot C USB ports See MyFord Touch
232. children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly 142594 restrained in the rear seating positions than ina front seating position Child Seats Super Duty TFA Child Safety Use a child safety seat Sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending onthe child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially u
233. cifications ccccseeeeseeeeees Index Car Wash See Cleaning the Exterior Center Console Removable Front Cupholders Changing a Bulb Lamp Assembly Condensation Replacing Brake Tail Turn Reverse Lamp Replacing Cargo Lamp and High mount Brake Lamp BUIDS ccccseeseseeteseeseesees 242 Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs If EQUID DGC tcc ansiicaniwaueecnaan 242 Replacing Front Clearance and Identification Lamp Bulbs If Equipped Replacing the License Changing a Road Wheel Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information Location of the Spare Tire and Tools Removing the Spare Tire With Spare Tire Carrier Only Tire Change Procedure Changing the 12V Battery Battery Management System If EQUI GG siririna 236 Changing the Engine Air Filter 245 Changing the Wiper Blade 237 Checking MyKey System Status nid Checking the Wiper Blades 08 237 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Maintenance i isiisiisticiiiatanininsies 35 Child Safety General INfOrMatiON ccecceseeseeeeeseesesees Child Safety LOCKS 27 Child Seat Positioning 26 Cleaning Leather Seats 2251 Cleaning Products cccccsesseseseseseseeeees 247 Cleaning the Alloy WheelS ccccseee 251 Cleaning the Engine Cleaning the Exhaust Super Duty TFA 448 Cleaning the Exterior Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Exterior Chrome Stripes or Graphics if equipped Underbody
234. cleaned by this method the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning product designed for automotive interiors 3 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to aclean white cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 4 Remove the soaked cloth andifitisnot soiled badly use this cloth to clean the area by using a rubbing motion for 60 seconds 5 Following this wipe area dry witha clean white cotton cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS ir EQUIPPED For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth For more thorough cleaning wipe the surface with a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a soft cloth If you cannot completely clean the leather using a mild soap and water solution you can try acommercially available leather cleaning product designed for automotive interiors Note 7o check for compatibility first test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather You should Super Duty TFA remove dust and loose dirt witha vacuum cleaner clean spills and stains as quickly as possible check for compatibility by first testing any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous part of the leather Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather oil petroleum based leather conditioners household cleaners alcohol solutions solve
235. components Causing internal damage to the components Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required TOWING POINTS WARNINGS Using recovery hooks is dangerous and should only be done by a person familiar with proper vehicle recovery safety practices Improper use of recovery hooks may cause hook failure or separation from the vehicle and could result in serious injury or death Always slowly remove the slack from the recovery strap prior to pulling Failure to do so can introduce significantly higher loads which can cause the recovery hooks to break off or the recovery strap to fail which can cause serious injury or death Never link two straps together with a clevis pin These heavy metal objects could become projectiles if the strap breaks and can cause serious injury or death 1 Your vehicle comes equipped with frame mounted front recovery hooks These hooks should never have a load applied to them greater than the gross vehicle weight rating of your vehicle Towing Before using recovery hooks TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE Make sure all attaching points are secure and capable of withstanding the applied load Never use chains cables or tow straps with m
236. content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Appendices Consent to Use of Data You agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and servi
237. d 15 8L Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Motorcraft Premium Windshield Washer Concentrate With Bitterant U S ZC 32 A U S WSB M8B16 A2 Premium Quality Windshield Wash Canada CXC 37 A B D and F Canada WSB M8BI16 A2 Air conditioning refri 1 81lb 0 82 kg Motorcraft R 134a YN 19 US gerant Refrigerant WSH MI17B19 A Gasoline engines CYN 16 R Canada WSH MI17B19 A Air conditioning refri 1 63 lb 0 74 kg Motorcraft R 134a YN 19 U S gerant Refrigerant WSH M17B19 A Diesel engines CYN 16 R Canada WSH M17B19 A Air conditioning refri 4 23 fl oz 125 09 Motorcraft PAG YN 12 D gerant compressor oil ml Refrigerant i Gasoline engines Compressor Oi 298 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or Ford part number equivalent Ford specification Air conditioning refri 3 53 fl oz 104 39 WSH MI1C231 B gerant compressor oil ml Diesel engines 299 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications Add 8 oz 236 ml of Additive Friction Modifier XL 3 or equivalent meeting Ford Specification EST M2C118 A for complete refill of limited slip Ford axles Ford design rear axles contain asynthetic lubricant that does not require changing unless you submerge the axle in water Ford recommends using Motorcraft Ford DOT 3 LV High Performance Mot
238. d States Super Duty TFA Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The vehicle health report contains valuable information such as Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by an authorized dealer that still need servicing You can run a report after your vehicle has been running a minimum of 60 secon
239. d artist 2 Scroll to choose the desired artist Press OK Sort all indexed media by albums If there are fewer than 255 indexed albums the system lists them alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to enter the album menu and select from playing all albums or from any individual indexed album 2 Scroll to choose the desired album Press OK Genres Sort indexed music by genre category type SYNC lists the genres alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired genre Press OK Playlists Access your playlists from formats such as ASX M3U WPL or MTP The system lists your playlists alphabetic ally in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetically Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired playlist Press OK Tracks Search for and play a specific indexed track SYNC lists your tracks alphabetically in flat file mode If there are more than 255 the system categorizes them alphabetic ally Press OK to select 2 Scroll to select the desired track Press OK Explore USB Explore all supported digital media on your media device connected to the USB port You can only view media content which is compatible with SYNC other files saved are not visibl
240. d cap on the wire assembly Install it on the in line connector that remains under the pickup box Partially lower the tailgate Carefully feed the tailgate harness up through the gap between the pickup box and the bumper and place it out of the way under the pickup box 4 Lower the tailgate Super Duty TFA 184 E163092 5 Use a screwdriver to gently pry the spring clip on each connector past the head of the support screw Disconnect the cable 6 Disconnect the other cable 7 Lift the tailgate to a 45 degree angle from horizontal 8 Lift the right side off its hinge 9 Lift the tailgate to an 80 degree angle from horizontal 10 Remove the tailgate from the left side hinge by sliding it to the right Reverse the steps to reinstall the tailgate Tailgate Step If Equipped Use the step to make entering the truck bed easier To reduce the risk of falling Only operate the step when your vehicle is on a level surface Only operate the step in areas with sufficient lighting Always open the step panel to widen the step Always use the grab handle when climbing on the step Do not use the step with bare feet Make sure the step is clean before use Keep the step load you plus the load below 350 pounds 159 kilograms Load Carrying Opening the Step Note Make sure to close and fully latch the step before moving your vehicle Never drive with the step or grab handle open 1 Lower
241. d is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 millimeters tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 millimeters When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed Super Duty TFA or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Age WARNING Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used U S DOT Tir
242. d odors from entering your vehicle Even when you do not select this button air may still recirculate in some instances in order to reduce vehicle warm up time in cold conditions or to cool down time inhot conditions Note Recirculated air engages automatically when you select MAX A C or turn on manually in any airflow mode except defrost Note You may notice changes in sound between recirculated mode and other airflow modes Note For better cooling in hot conditions recirculated air automatically engages when the air distribution control is in panel or panel and floor modes and the air conditioning is on You can switch to fresh air by pressing the recirculated air button again H PASS TEMP Press to switch between single and dual zone Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle Fan speed control Press to increase the volume of air circulated in your vehicle J AUTO Press to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature K Fan speed control Press to decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Note 7o reduce humidity build up inside HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always I
243. d or empty For this reason we strongly recommend that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts i e lift kits or stabilizer bars or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment We recommend that you use caution when your vehicle has either a high load or device i e ladder or luggage racks Any modifications to your vehicle that raise the center of gravity may cause your vehicle to roll over when there is a loss of vehicle control Failure to maintain your vehicle correctly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect you and your passenger s safety We recommend you frequently inspect your vehicle s chassis components when your vehicle is subject to off road usage 157 Super Duty TFA Rear Axle LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL This axle provides added traction on slippery surfaces particularly when one wheel is on a poor traction surface Under normal conditions the limited slip axle functions like a standard rear axle The axle may exhibit a slight noise or vibration during tight turns with low vehicle speed This is normal behavior and indicates the axle is working ELECTRONIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL Note The electronic locking differential is for off road use only and is not for use on dry pavement Using the electronic locking differential on dry pavement will result in inc
244. d personal injury E143819 GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated GCW Gross Combined Weight is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus ioe of the fully loaded trailer 180 Super Duty TFA Load Carrying for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating not at Gross Combined Weight Rating Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options driver and front passenger weight 150 pounds 68 kilograms each no cargo weight internal or external and a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer Consult an authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer push
245. d with four wheel drive when selected has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot For four wheel drive vehicles a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sized between the front and rear axles could cause the four wheel drive system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive Wheels and Tires How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be E168583 As aresult of the above dimensional differences Sport utility vehicles and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that E145299 Higher to allow higher load carrying make your vehicle so versatile also make capacity and to allow it to travel over it handle differently than an ordinary rough terrain without getting hung up passenger Car or damaging underbody components Shorter to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging u
246. damage to the rear of your vehicle To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in Reverse R Menu gt Vehicle gt Camera Settings After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the selected features Guidelines and the Centerline Note Fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in R Reverse Super Duty TFA Note The centerline is only available if fixed guidelines are on E163914 A Rear bumper B Fixed guideline Green zone C Fixed guideline Yellow zone D Fixed guideline Red zone E Centerline The fixed guidelines fade in and out depending on the steering wheel position The active guidelines are not shown when the steering wheel position is straight Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of the vehicle Enhanced Park Aids Note Enhanced park aids is only available when the transmission is in Reverse R Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects Parking Aids The system uses red
247. data INFOrmation 381 Ford Extended Service Plan ESP 427 SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY 429 SERVICE PLANS U S OMly cccssseseeeeee 427 Four Wheel Drive 149 Front FOS LAMPS cseesecesesesesseseseseseseseees 67 Front Seat Armrest Fuel and RefUClING ccccsessesssestseseeeseees 134 449 Super Duty TFA Index Fuel CONSUMPTION csessesessessesesteseseseesesee Calculating Fuel Economy a Filling the TANK sc scsestceentctescuterenrstencniencttenrsiaoenaes Fuel Filter Fuel Quality Choosing the Right Fuel Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex Fuel Vehicle If Equipped Diesel Engine Octane Recommendations Fuel Shutoff 205 FUSES ssssissecssissssstssssessscsscess 214 Fuse Specification Chart 215 Passenger Compartment Fuse Panel 220 Power Distribution Box G Garage Door Opener See Universal Garage Door Openet 119 Fuel Gauge Information Display Transmission Fluid Temperature General Information on Radio Frequencies General Maintenance Information Multi point Inspection Owner Checks and Services Protecting Your Investment Why Maintain Your Vehicle Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your De lership crcncsceniacnnsiinscsrnanennnsvernneavaiteianeesinin 430 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and Getting the Services You Need Away From Home Global OPeNiNG c cesescesessessssessesestesese
248. dicates there is no phone paired press OK 2 When Find SYNC appears in the isplay press OK 3 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your device s manual if necessary 4 When prompted on your phone s display enter the six digit PIN provided by SYNC in the radio display The display indicates when the pairing is successful Depending on your phone s capability and your market the system may prompt you with questions such as setting the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up and downloading your phonebook jek Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P Note 7o scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Super Duty TFA 1 Pressthe phone button and then scroll to System Settings Press OK 2 Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK 3 Scroll to Add Bluetooth Device Press OK 4 When Find SYNC appears in the isplay press OK 5 Put your phone into Bluetooth discovery mode See your phone s manual if necessary 6 When prompted on your phone s isplay enter the six digit PIN provided y SYNC in the radio display The isplay indicates when the pairing is successful The system then prompts with questions such as if you would like to set the current phone as the primary phone the phone SYNC aut
249. dio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs Please contact an authorized dealer for further information Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean ina circular motion Super Duty TFA The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting 301 Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods MP3 Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 individual tracks and folder structures work as follows There are two different modes for MP3
250. disable for up to five minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly This helps prevent damage to the motor Normal operation will resume once the motor cools Restoring the One Touch Up Function You may lose the one touch function if the vehicle battery is low Super Duty TFA Note Perform one touch up re calibration with the door closed Calibrating with the door open will cause the window to continuously bounce back To reset the function after the battery recharges 1 Pull the switch all the way up 2 Hold the switch until the glass stops and continue to hold for two seconds 3 Press the switch down and operate the window to the full down position One touch up will now be functional Bounce Back it Equipped The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window will travel up with no bounce back protection The window will stop if you release the switch before the window closes fully Windows and Mirrors Window Lock If Equipped E163057 A Unlock B Lock Press the control
251. ds by pressing the voice button and saying Vehicle health report or pressing the phone button To run a report using the phone button SYNC If Equipped 1 Press the phone button to enter phone menu 3 Scroll to select from the following options 2 Scroll to select Vehicle Health and then press OK Vehicle health report options User Preferences Press OK to select and enter the menu Scroll to select from Automatic Reports Press OK to and select On or Off Select On to have SYNC automatically prompt you to run a health report at certain mileage intervals Mileage Intervals Press OK Scroll to select between 5000 7500 or 10000 mile intervals and press OK to make your selection Return Press OK to exit the menu Run Report Press OK for SYNC to run a health report of your vehicle s diagnostic systems and send the results to Ford where it combines with scheduled maintenance information open recalls and other field service actions and vehicle inspec dealer tion items that still need servicing from an authorized You must first turn this feature on before you can select the desired mileage interval Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this
252. ds Doing so will produce excessive noise increase tire wear and may damage drive components Four wheel drive modes are only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces If Your Vehicle leaves the Road If your vehicle leaves the road reduce your vehicle speed and avoid severe braking When your vehicle speed has been reduced ease your vehicle back onto the road Do not turn the steering wheel sharply while returning your vehicle to the road It may be safer to stay on the shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the road You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly It may be less risky to strike small objects such as freeway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt a sudden return to the road which could cause your vehicle to slide sideways out of control or roll over Remember your safety and the safety of others should be your primary concern Super Duty TFA 154 Emergency Maneuvers In an unavoidable emergency situation where a sudden sharp turn must be made remember to avoid over driving your vehicle i e turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the emergency Excessive steering can result in loss of vehicle control Apply smooth pressure to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal when changes in vehicle speed are required Avoid abrupt steering acceleration and
253. e Press OK to select 2 Scroll to explore indexed media on your flash drive Similar Music Super Duty TFA Play music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port The system uses the metadata information of each song to compile a playlist for you 340 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Press OK to select The system creates anew list of similar songs and begins playing This feature does not include tracks with incomplete metadata information Return Exit the current menu with certain playing devices if your metadata tags are not populated the tracks are not available in voice recognition play menu or similar music However if you place these tracks onto your playing device in Mass Storage Device Mode they are available in voice recognition play menu browsing and similar music The system places Unknown items into any unpopulated metadata tag System Settings Bluetooth Devices 1 Press AUX and then MENU to enter the media menu 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Scroll to Bluetooth Devices Press OK The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you to add connect and delete a device as turn the Bluetooth feature on and off When you select You can Add Bluetooth Device Pair more devices to the system 1 Press OK to select and press OK again when Find SYNC appears in the display 2 Follow the directions in your phone s manual to
254. e Fuel and Refueling WARNINGS Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is against the law in some places Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container Place approved fuel container on the ground Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle including the cargo area Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position Fuel Filler Cap WARNINGS The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury If you do not use the proper fuel filler T cap excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a collision which may result in possible personal injury Super Duty TFA Note f you must replace the fuel filler cap replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel sys
255. e Capacities and Specifications 292 Terrain RESPONSE ceeseeceeeeseeseeeseeeseeseeeeees 168 Principle Of OPe ration 168 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 210 WEG a A T A A 256 Glossary of Tire TermMinOlogy c ccscseseeees 257 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Gradin E soninn ana 256 Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Temperature A BC Traction AA A BC Treadwear Tire Pressure Monitoring System Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring SYStOM ccscecesceseseseseseeseetesees 274 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring SYSTEM sss ssessssessiseersiresriessnenne 275 Tires See Wheels and TIrOS eesessesseestesteseeeeneees 254 Towing a Trailer Load Placement Towing Points Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels Emergency Towing Recreational Towing Towing Traction Contro Principle of Operation Trailer Sway Control Transfer Case Fluid Check 234 Transmission Code Designation 295 TYLANSMISSION csessesesescsesessssesescsesseseseseseesees 142 Transmission See TrANSMISSION cccecsesseseesesseeseeseeseeseseees 142 Transporting the Vehicle 197 Under Hood Overview 6 2L cccseseeee 224 Under Hood Overview 6 8L 225 Universal Garage Door Opener CAR2U Home Automation Syste Home Link Wireless Control System USB Port Index Using Cruise Control witching Cruise Con
256. e your phone s user manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca Super Duty TFA 384 Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 1y The first thing you must do to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in position P Turn on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your phone s manual if necessary MyFord Touch it equipped Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To
257. e Agreement Event Data Recording See Data Recording Engine Block Heater Export Unique Options Using the Engine Block Heater 133 Exterior Mirrors Engine Coolant Check Clearance Lamps Adding Engine Coolant Fold Away Exterior Mirrors Checking the Engine Coolant Heated Exterior Mirrors Recycled Engine Coolant cccccccseeceseeseee Memory Mirrors Severe Climates Power Exterior Mirrors What You Should Know About Fail Safe Telescoping Mirrors Cooling Engine Immobilizer F See Passive Anti Theft System 58 Engine Oil Check cscs 226 Fastening the Safety Belts Adding Engine Oil 226 Fastening the Cinch Tongue Engine Oil Dipstick 226 Restraint of Pregnant Women Engine Specifications 292 Safety Belt Extension Assembly Drivebelt ROUtING ssssssssssssssscssssseessesssneeeees 292 Safety Belt Locking Modes Entertain Ment sccssssscssssesssssesssesssssessssstees 366 Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue A V Inputs Front Center and Rear Center Seats AM FM Radio Bluetooth Audio Browsing Device Content Fog Lamps Front E EE See Front Fog LAMPS ccccsccsesseseseseeeseeseseeee 67 SD Card Slot and USB Port Foot Pedals SIRIUS Satellite Radio If See Adjusting the Pedals 63 ACTIVATE voeeesseecssssessssssessssssssssstsssssetesssseessnee 373 Ford Credit Supported Media Players Formats and U S Only a Meta
258. e Identification Number Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and Wheels and Tires describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires arecall Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNINGS A Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size Super Duty TFA WARNINGS may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certificat
259. e capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be added into the tank after the gauge indicates empty The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size See Capacities and Specifications page 292 It is the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve Due to the empty reserve you may not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank even when the fuel gauge reads empty Filling the Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent Super Duty TFA 138 Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fillthe fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least 3 to 5 tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 S
260. e for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns Super Duty TFA WARNING A Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Wheels and Tires Note Do not reduce tire pressure to change the ride characteristics of the vehicle If you do not maintain the inflation pressure at the levels speci
261. e memory function See Memory Function page 111 Clearance Lamps it Equipped The lower outer part of the mirror housings light when you switch the headlamps or parking lamps on Windows and Mirrors Telescoping Mirrors if Equipped E163061 This feature lets you extend the mirror about 3 inches 75 millimeters It is useful when towing a trailer You can manually pull out or push in the mirrors to the desired position PowerScope Power Telescoping Mirrors If Equipped This feature lets you position both mirrors in or out at the same time The control is on the door trim panel E163062 A B Telescope Out Telescope In Super Duty TFA 72 To adjust the mirrors Press and hold the control When you position the mirrors in or out the motors will run as long as you hold the control The running motors allow you to make adjustments as needed After positioning the mirrors return the control to the center position to help protect the motors from overheating INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Pull the tab below the mirror tow
262. e module times out after a few seconds and resets to normal mode When the module has timed out all three LED lamps will flash rapidly for a few seconds then turn off Any settings should remain as previously set The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter integrated into the driver s sun visor Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home This functionality allows you to program garage door openers as well as security devices and home lighting systems You can find additional system information online at www learcar2U com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 866 572 2728 E164776 Rolling Code Programming Note f you do not follow the time sensitive instructions the device will time out and you will have to repeat the complete procedure Note t may be helpful to have another person assist you in programming the transmitter 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Press and hold the outer two buttons for 1 2 seconds then release B A Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens E164777 Super Duty TFA Note f you cannot locate the learn button see the Owner s Manual for your garage door opener or call the toll free help line at 1 866 572 27
263. e of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for twelve 100 pound 45 kilogram bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds 99 kilograms the calculation would be 1400 2x 220 12x100 1400 440 1200 240 pounds No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would Load Carrying be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 12 x 45 kilograms 635 198 540 103 kilograms You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds 104 kilograms If you remove three 100 pound 45 kilogram cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9x100 1400 440 900 60 pounds Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 9 x 45 kilograms 635 198 405 32 kilograms The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle ina manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge
264. e session Cancel Exit Go back List of commands Main menu Next page Previous page What can I say Help 354 Super Duty TFA What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following During a voice session press the Help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen Say What can say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session Press the voice icon After the tone say Help to hear a list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Accessing a List of Available Commands If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly MyFord Touch it equipped Available voice commands
265. e switch is in the middle neutral or O position mark down middle button When the switch is in the down off or position mark down right button 3 Press all three function buttons simultaneously for a few seconds and then release The LED lamps will flash slowly E164776 Super Duty TFA Note You must complete the following step within 2 5 minutes 4 Enter the corresponding DIP switch settings from left to right into the system by pressing and releasing the buttons corresponding to the settings you noted 5 Simultaneously press and release all three function buttons The LED lamps will illuminate E164776 6 Press and hold the function button you would like to use to control the garage door Note You may need to hold the button from 5 55 seconds before observing movement of the garage door 7 When the garage door moves release the button within one second After you release the button the LED lamp will flash slowly 8 The LED lamp will begin to flash rapidly until programming is complete If your garage door does not operate repeat the previous steps Otherwise call the toll free help line at 1 866 572 2728 The LED lamp above the selected button will illuminate to confirm that the system is responding to the button command Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously fo
266. e the headlamps off parking lamps instrument panel lamps license plate lamps and tail lamps Rotate clockwise to the second position to also turn on the headlamps E163267 AUTOLAMPS iF couippPeD High Beams E163269 The autolamp system provides light 167827 sensitive automatic on off control of the exterior lights normally controlled by the Push the lever toward the instrument panel a p control y 4 to switch the high beams on 3 To turn autolamps on rotate the Push the lever toward the instrument panel control to the fourth position again or pull the lever towards you to switch the high beams off To turn autolamps off rotate the control to the first second or third position 65 Super Duty TFA Lighting Note f the vehicle is equipped with autolamps it will have the headlamps on with windshield wipers feature If the windshield wipers are turned on the exterior lamps will turn on with the headlamp control in the autolamp position The autolamp system also keeps the lights on for a predetermined amount of time after the ignition switch is turned to off You can change the amount of time the lamps stay on by using the programming procedure that follows Autolamps Programmable Exit Delay Programmable exit delay allows the length of the autolamp exit delay to be changed To program the auto lamp exit time delay 1 Start with the ignition in the off position and the headlam
267. e vehicle identification number is _ located on the left hand side of the E Check digit instrument panel F Model year G Assembly plant l H Production sequence number XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL E142476 Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO number ae ee The Vehicle Identification Number contains ANANA A ul DON KG OOOO LD We i i ion XXXXXXX RIMS XXXXXXX RIMS the followi ng information AT XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT XXXX kPa XXX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE XXX X XXX X X X X XXXXXX VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX KK TYPE KXXX DONX EXTPNT XK XXNKXK IRC Xx DSO XXXX We NR TIPPS TR TAXE TR TspR T XYXX KX WO X X XX X KKK XXX ABCDEFG H OONN K OONO E167469 E142477 A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Restraint Devices and their locations 294 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications The National Highway Traffic Safety TRANSMISSION CODE Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be DESIGNATION affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post
268. eck ccccees 234 Washer Fluid Check we 235 Fuel Filter ecsceseseseees Changing the 12V Battery m Checking the Wiper Blades cc0 237 Changing the Wiper Blades 000 237 Adjusting the Headlamps 238 Removing a Headlamp 239 Changing a BUD cesses 241 Bulb Specification Chart 243 Changing the Engine Air Filter 245 Vehicle Care General INFOrmation 247 Cleaning Products cccccsesseseseseseseesesees 247 Cleaning the Exterior 247 Wax eet A nnnnndeds 248 Cleaning the Engine 248 Cleaning the ExhauSt ccceeeseseseeees 249 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blade Sin a 249 Cleaning the INteriOr ccecseseescesteseeeeee 250 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster LENS csece 250 Cleaning Leather Seats 251 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 251 Super Duty TFA Cleaning the Alloy WheelS ccscseseee 251 Vehicle StOrAGe escesescesesessssesseetesesteseeeses 252 Wheels and Tires General INFOrMAtiON cecececeeseeseeeee 254 Tire Carey icstsisiisnsiinnininncecsccesceseseencss 256 USING SNOW ChAiNS scecccsessesesteseseseeseseees 273 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 273 Changing a Road WheeL cccsceeeesees 279 Technical Specifications 290 Capacities and Specific ations Engine Specifications Motorcraft Parts cccscseeeees Vehicle Identification Numbet
269. ect it Use the up down arrow buttons to change the characters as needed When done press OK to accept the change Reset Trailer Mileage Kilometers Use the up down buttons to select a trailer then press and hold OK to reset the trailer mileage kilometers Settings Use the arrow buttons to configure different driver setting choices Note Some items are optional and may not appear Information Displays Settings Driver Rear Park Aid On or Off Assist Rear Video Camera Camera Delay On or Off Trailer Brake Mode Electric or Elect Over Hydraulic Trailer Sway Control On or Off Vehicle Autolamp Delay Off or XXX seconds Easy Entry Exit On or Off DTE Calculation Normal distance to empty Towing Locks Autolock On or Off Autounlock On or Off Unlocking One Stage or Two Stage Maintenance Coolant if equipped Hold OK if Coolant Changed Fuel Filter diesel only Hold OK if Fuel Filter Changed Settings cont d Vehicle Menu Control Standard or Memory On cont d Oil Life Reset Set to XXX Hold OK to Reset Remote Start Duration 5 10 or 15 minutes System Enable or Disable Windows Remote Open On or Off Wiper Control Courtesy Wipe On or Off Super Duty TFA 90 Information Displays Settings cont d MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey Advance Trac Always On or Selectable MAX Spe
270. ect to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle When this feature is on the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device Super Duty TFA 360 MyFord Touch it equipped Gracenote Database Info Media player This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database Gracenote Mgmt With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Ts Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Navigation Map Preferences Turn breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Turn the Parking POI notification on and off Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses
271. ed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Super Duty TFA If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 273 Replace the spare tire witha road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the system sensor for damage Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines T could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall 2 Full size dissimilar spare w
272. ed 80 MPH 130 km h or Off Speed Warning 45 55 or 65 MPH 75 90 or 105 km h Off Volume Limiter On or Off Clear MyKey Hold OK to Clear MyKey Language English Francais Espa ol Units Distance English Metric Temperature Fahrenheit F Celsius C Information In this mode you can view different vehicle system information and performa system check Information MyKey Admin Keys Number of admin keys MyKeys Number of MyKeys programmed MyKey Miles km Distance traveled using a programmed MyKey System Check Some items will only display during a system check if a problem has been detected If an issue exists on one of the monitored systems the number of warnings that need immediate attention will display in red and the number of informational warnings will display in amber Use the up down arrow buttons to scroll through the list press the right arrow button to display specific information on the highlighted warning Super Duty TFA 91 Information Displays Compass Transmission indicator display if equipped The compass heading will display in the upper right corner of the information display the transmission gear indicator displays in the right side of the information display when using the SelectShift Automatic transmission feature These displays will not be shown in all screen modes For example when programming certain vehic
273. ed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www ford ca to find the Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for you 429 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner s manual See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory trained Technicians Service technicians participate in
274. ee Information DiSplayS cccccseeeseeeeees 81 Index Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors See Windows and Mirrors ia Mobile Communications Equipment Moonroof Bounce Back Opening and Closing the Moonroof 73 Venting the Moonroof Motorcraft Parts MyFord Touch General Information MyKey Troubleshooting MyKey Principle of Operation N Navigation cityseekr Navigation Map Updates Navigation Voice Commands Point of Interest POI Categories Quick touch Buttons Setting a Destination Setting Your Navigation Preferences Normal Scheduled Maintenance 6 2L and 6 8L Gasoline Engines 6 7L Diesel Engine O Oil Check See Engine Oil Check Opening and Closing the Hoo Ordering Additional Owner s LiteratUr ezenn 212 Obtaining a French Owner s Manual 212 Overhead COnsole cscscsscsesesesseseceseeseees 129 P Parking Aid Rear Sensing System Parking Aids Parking Brake Passive Anti Theft System SecuriLock Super Duty TFA 452 PATS See Passive Anti Theft System 58 POG al Secs Siti eine 63 Perchloraten 11 Pairing Subsequent Phones Pairing Your Phone for the First Phone Menu Options Phone Settings Phone Voice Commands Receiving Calls Text Messaging Post Crash Alert System Power Door Locks See Locking and Unlocking Power Seats Power Lumbar Power Recline Power
275. een Services us downloaded non navigation Updat te systems press the voice button paate route on the steering wheel controls When Help prompted say any of the following commands Sirius Travel Link if Equipped a T Driving while distracted can result in Cancel route V loss of vehicle control crash and Navigation voice off injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any Navigation voice on device that may take your focus off the Next turn road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend Route status against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of Route summary voice operated systems when possible Super Duty TFA Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 392 MyFord Touch it equipped Note n order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information Note Visit wwwsiriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in
276. ehicle 19 mi 30 km until it reaches normal operating temperature 2 Park the vehicle on a level surface and engage the parking brake 3 With the engine running parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage 4 Latch the gearshift lever in P and leave the engine running 5 Remove the dipstick wiping it clean with a clean dry lint free rag If necessary refer to the Under Hood Overview in this chapter for the location of the dipstick 6 Install the dipstick making sure it is fully seated in the filler tube 7 Remove the dipstick and inspect the fluid level The fluid should be in the designated area for normal operating temperature or ambient temperature Low Fluid Level TypeA Maintenance E163739 Type B E163740 Do not drive the vehicle if there is no indication of fluid on the dipstick and the ambient temperature is above 50 F 10 C Correct Fluid Level Type A E163741 Type B Super Duty TFA E163742 For vehicles equipped with 5 speed transmissions check the fluid at the normal operating temperature of 1519F 66 C to 170 F 77 C on a level surface For vehicles equipped with 6 speed transmissions check the fluid at the normal operating temperature of 196 F 91 C to 215 F 102 C ona level surface The normal operating temperature can be reached aft
277. elect between on or off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Languages Choose from English Fran ais or Espa ol The displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display 3 If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices Press OK to select 2 Press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 3 Press OK to confirm Super Duty TFA 342 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC all phonebook call history text messages and all paired devices and return to the factory default settings Application Download new software applications if available and then load the desired applications through your USB port See the web site for more information Return Exit the current menu Use the website at any time to check your TM phone s compatibility register your SYNC TROUBLESHOOTING account and set preferences as well as access a customer
278. ell as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands PHONE Call Call lt name gt Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work Call lt name gt on cell 388 Super Duty TFA PHONE Call lt name gt on other Call voicemail Dial Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Forward text messages Go to hands free Hold call off Hold on Join calls Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Messages Mute call Pair phone Privacy on Read text message Reply to text messages Turn ringer off Turn ringer on MyFord Touch it equipped PHONE MESSAGES Unmute call Call Help Forward text messages This command is only available during an Listen to text message lt gt active call If you say Messages see the following Listen to text messages Messages chart for additional Reply to text messages commands Help INFORMATION E161889 A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applic
279. elp minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your S when viewed from the side When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual See Load Limit page 176 You can also find the information in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer Towing TRAILER SWAY CONTROL ir EQUIPPED WARNING Turning off trailer sway control increases the risk of loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Ford does not recommend disabling this feature except in situations where speed reduction may be detrimental such as hill climbing the driver has significant trailer towing experience and can control trailer sway and maintain safe operation N
280. em off See MyKey page 50 Note f your vehicle is equipped with a fully integrated electronic trailer brake controller TBC and a trailer with electric trailer brakes is connected to your vehicle the RSS will be disabled When the vehicle is shifted into reverse the information display will remain in the Rear Park Aid Off selection For more information on the TBC See Trailer Sway Control page 188 The sensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R Reverse As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 12 inches 30 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a stationary or receding object is detected farther than 12 inches 30 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again Parking Aids E130178 A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 1 8 meters from the rear bumper There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper The system detects ce
281. em on 1 Switch the ignition on 2 Switch the lighting control to the off or parking lamp position 3 Disengage the parking brake 4 Make sure the transmission selector lever is not in position P FRONT FOG LAMPS iF EcouipPep O p 40 wT 2D wy 2 m E163271 ips The headlamp control also operates the fog lamps The fog lamps can be turned on only when the headlamp control is in the parking lamp second position headlamps on third position or autolamp fourth position and the high beams are not turned on Pull headlamp control towards you to turn fog lamps on The fog lamp indicator light will illuminate Super Duty TFA DIRECTION INDICATORS E163272 The turn signal lever does not mechanically lock in the upward or downward position when activated The turn signal control activation and cancellation is electronic To operate the left turn signal push the lever down until it stops and release To operate the right turn signal push the lever up until it stops and release To manually cancel turn signal operation push the lever again in either direction Lane Change To indicate a left or right lane change Push the lever up down to the first stop position and release The turn signals will flash three times and stop Push the lever up down to the first stop position and hold The turn signals will flash for as long as the lever is held in this position INTERIOR LAMPS The
282. ement 412 Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Ford Extended Service Plan ESP Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information 430 Normal Scheduled Maintenance 433 Special Operating Conditions Schedulea Maintenance nunca nanena 434 Scheduled Maintenance Record 438 Super Duty TFA Super Duty TFA Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appe
283. en Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it asa favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 389 Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from possible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification MyFord Touch if equipped Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as w
284. en the tire is raised Super Duty TFA 289 to the maximum tightness Tighten to the best of your ability to the point where the ratchet slip occurs if possible The spare tire carrier will not allow you to overtighten If the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips with little effort take the vehicle to your authorized dealer for assistance at your earliest convenience Check that the tire lies flat against the frame and is properly tightened Try to push or pull then turn the tire to be sure it will not move Loosen and retighten if necessary Failure to properly stow the spare tire may result in failure of the winch cable and loss of the tire Repeat this tightness check procedure when servicing the spare tire pressure every six months per scheduled maintenance information or at any time that the spare tire is disturbed through service of other components If removed install the spare tire lock into the bumper drive tube with the spare tire lock key and jack handle Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel In
285. en while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Super Duty TFA Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as
286. engine idling for long periods of time we recommend that you do one of the following Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER ir EQUIPPED WARNINGS Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged adapters There is arisk of electrical shock A A Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below O F 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical source We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold Starting and Stopping the Engine temperatures and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard Use as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make
287. ent and access to your vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information MyFord Touch if equipped Using Voice Recognition This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts whenit is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indicating the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System Press the voice icon After the us tone speak your command clearly These commands can be said at any time during a voic
288. ependent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Tire Rotation WARNING A If the tire label shows different tire pressures for the front and rear tires and the vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system then the settings for the system sensors need to be updated Always perform the system reset procedure after tire rotation If the system is not reset it may not provide a low tire pressure warning when necessary Wheels and Tires Note f your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used ina tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing bette
289. eport feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for your vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime Usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report F If you want to run a report by 2 using the touchscreen to
290. eports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands ug MyFord Touch it equipped 1 Press the voice button When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation press the Information button Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions
291. er approximately 19 mi 30 km High Fluid Level Type A E163743 Type B Maintenance ano checkon poNoT AD w gt E163744 Fluid levels above the safe range may result in transmission failure An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and engagement concerns and possible damage High fluid levels can be caused by an overheating condition Adjusting Automatic Transmission Fluid Levels Note Use of a non approved automatic transmission fluid may cause internal transmission component damage Before adding any fluid make sure the correct type is used The type of fluid used is normally indicated on the dipstick handle See Capacities and Specifications page 292 If necessary add fluid in 8 fl oz 250 ml increments through the filler tube until the level is correct Type A Super Duty TFA aod H com HEE onora gt E163745 Type B apo cHeckHonH DO NOT ADD 5 E163746 If an overfill occurs excess fluid should be removed by a qualified technician Note An overfill condition of transmission fluid may cause shift and engagement concerns and possible damage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Maintenance TRANSFER CASE FLUID CHECK f a E164246 1 Clean the filler plug
292. er belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck anda shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips Lal Child Safety If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly ina rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruct
293. erly installed This improper installation may appear and sound correct but will not keep the ornament on the vehicle Ornaments improperly installed in this manner will fall off or become loose with minimal force or impact F 350 Dual Rear Wheel F 450 and F 550 Vehicles a E gt E162812 1 Slide the notched end of the jack handle over the release valve and use the handle to slide the jack under the vehicle Make sure the valve is closed by turning it clockwise Position the jack according to the following guides Wheels and Tires Note View shown from the rear of the vehicle to clearly identify the jack point Note Place the jack directly under the axle and inboard of the radius arm so that the jack clears the radius arm E162813 Front 4x2 F 350 dual rear wheel Note Place the jack directly under the l beam E162816 Front F 450 and F 550 E162814 Front driver side 4x4 F 350 dual rear wheel Note Make sure the jack fits onto the flat E162817 area on the outboard side of the differential Rear F 350 dual rear wheel housing kaf bips gt a 162815 E162818 Front passenger side 4x4 F 350 dual Rear F 450 and F 550 rear wheel b DEALER Super Duty TFA E Wheels and Tires Jacking the Vehicle 5 y 4 A 1 Insert the jack handle into the pump linkage 2 Use an up and down motion with the jack handle to raise the wheel completel
294. ern If needed press and hold the service brake pedal down then try reapplying the parking brake Chock the wheels if required If the parking brake cannot hold the weight of the vehicle the parking brake may need to be serviced or the vehicle may be overloaded HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake When you leave your vehicle always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park P A Super Duty TFA 161 WARNINGS You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system 1y During all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required If the engine is revved excessively or T if a malfunction is detected the system will be deactivated A The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the system is active your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space The system will activate automatica
295. erred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Appendices Agreement and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to Telenav s third party vendor licensors End User License Agreement For Distribution By HERE For North America APAC The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or HERE North America LLC as defined below within thirty 30 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase
296. ertain services and facilities using icons such as Restaurant Business center Handicap facilities Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Pool Wi fi Super Duty TFA For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and checkout times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into account when planning your route Press the Settings icon gt Thy Settings gt Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs Display your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Turn this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top Parking POI Notification Set the automatic parking point of interest notification Turn this feature ON or OFF When parking point of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display MyFord Touch i equipped Route Preferences Preferred Route Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set
297. ervice engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete details Fuel and Refueling On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with an on board diagnostics system OBD II that monitors the engine s emission control system This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions
298. es Oil levels above the upper hole may cause engine damage Some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer 7 Putthe oil level dipstick back into the oil dipstick tube and ensure it is fully seated Adding Engine Oil Note Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running Note Do not remove the engine oil level dipstick when the engine is runnin Note Do not add oil further than the MAX mark Oil levels above the MAX mark may cause engine damage Maintenance E142732 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers 1 Check the engine oil level 2 If the engine oil level is not within the normal range add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications for more information 3 Remove the engine oil filler cap and use a funnel to pour the engine oil into the opening 4 Recheck the engine oil level Make sure the oil level is not above the normal operating range on the engine oil level dipstick 5 Install the engine oil level dipstick and ensure it is fully seated 6 Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise u
299. es down on atrailer hitch Super Duty TFA 181 Examples For a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds 227 to 340 kilograms For an 11500 pound 5216 kilogram fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds 782 to 1304 kilograms WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or e specified on the the GAWR ified on th Safety Compliance Certification Label A Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations A Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb on your vehicle s placard Load Carrying Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lb
300. es may be equipped with wheel ornaments that cover the 4x4 manual hub lock These ornaments must be removed to access the manual hub locks Note The vehicle should not be driven in 4X4 High or 4X4 Low modes with the hub locks set to FREE as this condition may damage driveline system components a rr N ALOCK Ed FOAN r h gt FREE _ E163187 Super Duty TFA The 4WD system is engaged or disengaged by rotating the control for both front wheel hub locks from the FREE or LOCK position then manually engaging or disengaging the transfer case with the floor mounted shifter For increased fuel economy in 2WD rotate both hub locks to the FREE position Electronic Shift On the Fly ESOF 4WD system Note f 4X4 Low is selected while the vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h the 4WD system will not perform a shift This is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4L 4X4 Low for proper system operation Note Auto manual hub locks can be manually overridden by rotating the hub lock control from AUTO to LOCK rT ALOCK A 4 FEA gt er i For proper operation make sure that each hub is fully engaged and that both hub locks are set to the same position both set to LOCK or both set to AUTO To engage LOCK turn the hub locks completely clockwise to engage AUTO turn the hub locks completely counterclockwise The ESOF 4WD system E163188 Four
301. esesees Opening the WINKOWS cscssseseseeeseseeeseeees H Handbrake See Parking Brake 161 Super Duty TFA Hazard Warning FlaSherS cccscseeees 205 HDC See Using Hill Descent Control 168 Head Restraints Adjusting the Head Restraint Heated Se ats ccccsececeees Mi Heated Steering Wheel cece 62 Heated Windows and MirrforS 106 Heated Exterior Mirror Heated Rear Window Heating See Climate Control Hill Start Assist Using Hill Start Assist Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate aiana 105 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Bi CE E EES 160 Hood Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 223 Information Displays General Information Information 911 Assist Diesel Messages Doors and Locks ic Drive tral Miesa inana taAa 96 Engine Fuel Park Brake Power Steering Tire Pressure Monitoring System MAE nannan 101 Child Tether Strap Attachment Tether Strap Attachment Rear SuperCab On Using Cinch Tongue Lap and Shoulder Belts All Front Center Super Cab and Crew Cab Rear Center POSItiONS cccseeeeeees 19 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts c csseeeees 17 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH Using Tether Straps Instrument Cluster Instrument Lighting Dimmer Interior LAMPS ccccseseseseseseeeees Front Map Lamps If equipped Rear Dome and M
302. especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size height weight or age Recommended restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 lb 18 kg or less Use a child safety seat toddlers generally age four or younger sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a belt positioning properly fit in a child safety seat gener booster seat ally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four and less than age 12 and between 40 lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg and upward to 100 lb 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a vehicle safety belt properly fit in a belt positioning booster having the lap belt snug seat generally children who are at least and low across the hips 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 shoulder belt centered lb 36 kg or 100 lb 45 kg if recom across the shoulder and mended by child restraint manufacturer chest and seat back upright You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in INSTALLING CHILD SEATS the United States and Canada Many states and provinces require that small
303. essage Press OK and scroll to choose between Reply to Text Message Press OK to access and then scroll through the list of pre defined messages to send Forward Text Message Press OK to forward the message to anyone in your Phonebook or Call History You can also choose Enter Number Super Duty TFA 323 Sending Downloading and Deleting Your Text Messages Note Forwarding a text message is a speed dependent feature and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph 5 km h or less Note You can only have one recipient per text message Text messaging is a phone dependent feature If your phone is compatible SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages 1 Press the phone button 2 Scroll to Text Message and then press OK Scroll to select from the following options Send Text Message allows you to send anew text message based ona pre defined set of 15 messages Download Unread Msgs allows you to download your unread messages only to SYNC To download the messages press OK to select The display indicates that it is downloading your messages When it is complete SYNC takes you to your inbox Delete All Messages allows you to delete current text messages from SYNC not your phone To delete the messages press OK to select The display indicates when it is finished deleting all your text messages SYNC returns you to the text message menu Return e
304. est are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Wheels and Tires Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire Super Duty TFA E14
305. esult in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving E163157 Super Duty TFA 302 Audio System A CLK Press this button to switch the display between the clock and radio frequency To set the time press and hold the button until the hours start to flash Press the arrow buttons B to adjust he hours then repeat to set the minutes Press CLK again to exit clock mode B Tune Press these arrow buttons to manually search through the radio frequency band Press and hold for a fast search In AUDIO mode press the buttons to adjust different sound settings C AUDIO Press this button to access settings for Treble Middle Bass Fade and Balance D SEEK Press this button to go to the previous or next strong station on the frequency band E Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns F AM FM Press this button to select a frequency band VOL PUSH Press this button to switch the system o
306. et 2 4 meters B Center height of lamp to ground C 25 feet 7 6 meters D Horizontal reference line Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height Note 7o see a clearer light pattern for adjusting you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other 3 Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood 238 Maintenance E142465 4 On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line the headlamp will need to be adjusted E163806 Super Duty TFA 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Using a Phillips 2 screwdriver turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp 6 Repeat steps 3 thru 5 to adjust the other headlamp 7 Close the hood and turn off the lamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable REMOVING A HEADLAMP WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
307. etal hook ends Only use recovery straps that have a minimum breaking strength two to three times the gross vehicle weight of the stuck vehicle Make sure the recovery strap is in good condition and free of visible cuts tears or damage Use a damper device such as a tarp heavy blanket or piece of carpet draped over the recovery strap to help absorb the energy in the event the strap breaks Make sure the stuck vehicle is not loaded heavier than its gross vehicle weight rating specified on the certification label Always align the tow vehicle and stuck vehicle in a straight line within 10 degrees E143886 Keep bystanders to the sides of the If you need to have your vehicle towed vehicle at a distance of at least twice contact a professional towing service or the length of the recovery strap This if you are a member of a roadside helps avoid injury from the hazard of a assistance program your roadside recovery hook or strap breaking or a assistance service provider vehicle lurching into their path We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for prope
308. eters Super Duty TFA Trailers shall be covered up to 200 if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the trailer is disabled but the towing vehicle is operational the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold In The U S Using Roadside Assistance Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference This card is found in the owner s information portfolio in the glove compartment U S Ford vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 241 3673 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers To obtain reimbursement information U S Ford vehicle customers call 1 800 241 3673 Customers will be asked to submit their original receipts Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian customers who require roadside assistance call 1 300 665 2006 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside Assistance For your convenience you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of your warranty guide and retain for future reference Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U S coverage If you require more information please refer to the coverage section of your warranty guide call
309. event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST Super Duty TFA Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual French Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTINGSAFETY DEFECTS U S ONLY E142557 If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists
310. extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Super Duty TFA 430 Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24 month or unlimited mile kilometer parts and labor limited warranty If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance sys
311. f the controller output is disabled and the display and module shut down The controller module and display turn on when you switch the ignition on The trailer brake controller is only a factory installed or dealer installed item Ford is not responsible for warranty or performance of the controller due to misuse or customer installation Towing Trailer Lamps WARNING Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Using a Step Bumper If Equipped The rear bumper is equipped with an integral hitch and only requires a ball with a one inch 25 4 millimeter shank diameter The bumper has a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram trailer weight anda 500 pound 227 kilogram tongue weight capacity If it is necessary to relocate the hitch ball position you must install a frame mounted trailer hitch Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles When Towin
312. f road operation Inspect frequently service Inspect steering linkage ball joints and U joints Lubricate as required if equipped with grease fittings Replace engine air filter Every 5000 miles 8000 Change engine oil and filter km or six months 436 Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance Off road operation Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag depth Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals if km non sealed bearings are used km Every 50000 miles 80000 Change rear axle fluid F 450 and F 550 only km Every 60000 miles 96000 Change transfer case fluid Four wheel drive vehicles Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted Exclusive use of E85 Flex fuel vehicles only Every oil change interval 6 7L Diesel Engine See the diesel supplement for special operating condition information Exceptions There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule Normal vehicle axle maintenance Rear axles and power take off units with synthetic fluid and light duty trucks equipped with Ford design axles are lubricated for life do not check or change fluid unless a leak is suspected service is required or the assembly h
313. ff and on Turn the control to adjust the volume AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH AM FM CD SYNC WARNING Driving while distracted can result in T loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 303 Super Duty TFA Audio System NM L K E169515 A Eject Press to eject a CD B CD slot Insert a CD C Tune Press to search through the radio frequency band manually Press and hold for a fast search D Phone Press to access the phone features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 313 E MENU Press to access different audio system features If your vehicle is equipped with satellite radio you can access different menus by pressing OK Set the time by pressing MENU until SET HOURS or SET MINUTES appears and using the arrow buttons to adjust the time Set the strongest stations on the radio frequency by pressing MENU until AUTOSET appears AUTOSET does not override your original presets Super Duty TFA RBDS displays text transmitted by certain radio stations and searches for mu
314. fied by Ford your vehicle may experience a condition known as shimmy Shimmy is a severe vibration and oscillation in the steering wheel after the vehicle travels over a bump or dip in the road that does not dampen out by itself Shimmy may result from significant under inflation of the tires improper tires load range size or type or vehicle modifications such as lift kits In the event that your vehicle experiences shimmy you should slowly reduce speed by either lifting off the accelerator pedal or lightly applying the brakes The shimmy will cease as the vehicle speed decreases Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on Super Duty TFA the B pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 10 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi 7
315. for use with headphones and that it is fully charged You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at one end and a RCA jack at the other 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P Attach one end of the audio extension cable to the headphone output of your player and the other end into the adapter in one of the two left A V input jacks white or red inside the center console MyFord Touch it equipped 3 Press the lower left corner on the Troubleshooting touchscreen Select either a tuned FM T f station or a CD if there isa CD already DO not connect the audio input jack to loaded into the system a line level output The jack only works f correctly with devices that have a 4 Adjust the volume as desired headphone output with a volume 5 Turn the portable music player on and control adjust the volume to 2 the maximum Do not set the portable music player s 6 Press the lower left corner on the volume level higher than is necessary touchscreen Select the A V In tab to match the volume of the CD or FM You should hear audio from your radio as this causes distortion and portable music player although it may reduces sound quality be low Ifthe music sounds distorted at lower 7 Adjust the sound on your portable listening levels turn the portable music music player until it reaches the level pla
316. form to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle Super Duty TFA California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Twoormore repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2 Fourormore repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your wa
317. four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season 260 Super Duty TFA J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B pillar or the edge of the driver s door L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to low
318. froster vents and demister vents Manual airflow distribution controls Floor and Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents and provides outside air to reduce window fogging Panel Distributes air through the instrument panel vents Panel and Floor Distributes air through the instrument panel vents demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Floor Distributes air through the demister vents floor vents and rear seat floor vents Driver settings Touch or adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat See Seats page 108 Touch and hold MyTemp to select a temperature you would like your vehicle to remember and maintain for you If your vehicle is equipped with a heated steering wheel touch the heated steering wheel icon to warm the steering wheel Note f your vehicle is equipped witha Climate Control Voice Commands wood trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock Press the voice button on the us positions Super Duty TFA steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands 399 MyFord Touch it equipped Climate control commands Climate automatic Climate off Climate on Climate temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Climate temperature lt 6
319. froster vents and demister vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position Floor and defrost distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and floor vents Panel distributes air through the instrument panel vents Paneland floor distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents and demister vents Floor distributes air through the floor vents 104 Climate Control E A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note Air conditioning turns on automatically in MAX A C defrost and floor and defrost modes F MAX A C Distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel vents to cool the vehicle This position is more economical and efficient than normal air conditioning When in MAX A C mode pressing MAX A C returns you to your previous settings G Recirculated air Press to switch between outside air and recirculated air When the air currently in the passenger compartment is recirculating the LED on the button illuminates Using recirculated air can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce Unwante
320. ft lever from drive position D Overdrive to M Manual you now have control of selecting the gear you desire using buttons on the shift lever To return to normal D Overdrive position move the shift lever back from M to D The transmission will operate in gears one through six 2 Second Use 2 Second to start up on slippery roads or to provide additional engine braking on downgrades 1 First Provides maximum engine braking Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever The transmission will not downshift into 1 First at high speeds it will downshift to a lower gear and then shift into 1 First when the vehicle reaches slower speeds Forced downshifts Allowed in D Overdrive with the tow haul feature on or off Press the accelerator to the floor Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear Understanding your SelectShift Automatic transmission itequipped Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift Automatic transmission gearshift lever SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears up or down without a clutch as desired Super Duty TFA E163184 Use the buttons on the shifter to lock or unlock gears and manually select gears Press the button to upshift or the button to downshift 65432 1 PRNDM 21 E163183 With the gearshift lever in D Drive press the button to activate SelectShift The available and selected gears will
321. g a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts Super Duty TFA Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A C performance Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply the brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with RSC this system may turn on during typical cornering maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer This is normal Turning the corner at a slower speed while towing may reduce this tendency If you are towing a trailer frequently in hot weather hilly conditions at the gross combined weight rating or any combination of these factors consider refilling your rear axle with synthetic gear lubricant
322. g so can cause the battery to lose charge E146322 To operate the heated seats touch the heated seat symbol on the touchscreen to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights Seats VENTILATED SEATS iF couippep The ventilated seats will only function when the engine is running A C E146309 To operate the ventilated seats press the ventilated seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on the feature will turn itself off You will need to reactivate it Heated and Ventilated Seats Air Filter Replacement if Equipped The heated and ventilated seat system includes air filters You must replace them periodically The filter is located under each front seat Access the filter from the second row foot well area Move the front seats all the way to the full front and full up positions to ease access Super Duty TFA E146319 To remove a filter 1 Turn the vehicle off 2 Push up on the outside rigid edge of the filter until the tabs are released then remove the filter E146321 To install a filter 1 First position the filter in its housing making sure that the far forward end is all the way up in the housing Push in on the center of the outside edge of the filter and rotate cloc
323. g the engine before turning it off Idle for periods longer than one minute Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Use the air conditioner or front defroster Use the speed control in hilly terrain Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 lb 180 kilogram of weight carried Driving with the wheels out of alignment Conditions Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks or luggage racks may reduce fuel economy To maximize the fuel economy drive with the tonneau cover installed if equipped Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 kilometers of driving Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain Driving Hints Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal Four wheel drive operation if equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation Close the windows for high speed driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER Note Driving through deep water above the rec
324. g tools are required to remove the spare tire a oo n One handle extension and two typical extensions To assemble align the button with the hole and slide the parts together To disconnect press the button and pull apart E162795 oan E162796 One wheel nut wrench Slide over the square end of the jack handle ON E162797 Note For vehicles with dual rear wheels insert the lug wrench extension into the lug wrench to reach the lug nuts 281 Super Duty TFA Wheels and Tires E162798 1 Attach the spare tire lock key A tothe jack handle B E162799 2 Fully insert the jack handle with one extension through the bumper hole and into the guide tube The key and lock will engage with a slight push and counterclockwise turn You will feel some resistance when you turn the jack handle assembly 3 Turn the handle counterclockwise and lower the spare tire until you can slide the tire rearward and the cable is slack 4 Remove the retainer through the center of the wheel If your vehicle is equipped with a tether perform the following steps Super Duty TFA W E162800 5 Lift the spare tire on end to access the tether attachment 6 Use the lug wrench to remove the lug nut from the spare tire tether 7 f not replacing the spare or flat tire to the underbody storage area raise the wheel retainer up into the installed position 8 Use the attached fastener
325. gauge will move to the red hot area and The coolant temperature warning light will illuminate The service engine soon indicator will illuminate If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However The engine power will be limited The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage Maintenance When Fail Safe Mode Is Activated WARNINGS Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate the vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring the vehicle to rest in asafe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot
326. granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the Telenav Software you consent to receive from Telenav all communications including notices agreements legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software collectively Notices electronically Telenav may provide such Super Duty TFA Notices by posting them on Telenav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software 8 4 Telenav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be ref
327. gs A C Defrost ES SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help HOME Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with an authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION Press to select any of the following Services Travel Link Alerts Calendar Apps ENTERTAINMENT MyFord Touch it equipped Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card A V In Using the Touch Sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operation of a nearby control Make sure your hands are clean and dry Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on Cleaning the Touch
328. h it equipped RADIO lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD RADIO n3 Tune Help If available FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt 3 If you have said Browse see the AM Browse chart later in this section AM lt 530 1710 gt 3 If you have said Tune see the following AM autoset Tune chart AM autoset preset lt gt TUNE AM preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt Browse lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt AM FM lt 87 9 1079 gt HD lt gt AMOO AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt EM FM 1 EM 1 preset lt gt EM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM 2 EM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM 2 preset lt gt FM autoset HD lt gt FM autoset preset lt gt Preset lt gt FM preset lt gt Radio off FM 1 Radio on FM 1 preset lt gt Set PTY FM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped TUNE HD lt gt Preset lt gt Help If available SIRIUS Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the SIRIUS tab Memory Presets Save a chan
329. h a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers Vehicle Care Wash your vehicle first Using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag Do not apply c
330. h navigation you do not see this button System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system Driving Restrictions Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving 911 Assist Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature See Informa tion page 389 In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE land ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands Super Duty TFA 365 MyFord Touch i equipped To access Help using the voice commands say Help The system provides allowable press the voice button then after the tone voice commands for the current mode ENTERTAINMENT E161892 AM 1 and AM AST FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST SIRIUS CD USB Touch this button to scroll down for more options such as SD C
331. haust fumes If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you reconnect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise When you start the engine avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine Super Duty TFA 130 If your vehicle is operated in a heavy snow storm or blowing snow conditions the engine air induction may become partially clogged with snow and ice If this occurs the engine may experience a significant reduction in power output At the earliest opportunity clear all the snow and ice away from the air induction inlet IGNITION SWITCH E163165 A off The ignition is off Note When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle do not leave your key in the ignition This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge B accessory Allows the electrical accessories such as the radio to operate while the engine is not running Note Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long This could cause your vehicle battery to
332. he touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther inthe map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To turn the feature off just press the or button again In 3D mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows Map Icons A Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode MyFord Touch it equipped s Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the fixed icon is in the center of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on Les the map ofan address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once a Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the 5 home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon h POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you cho
333. he belt and retractor must be replaced if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes Safety Belts All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode The front outboard passenger and rear outboard seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pulled out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking
334. he intellectual property Super Duty TFA or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening abusive harassing tortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will Telenav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of
335. he safety belt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash A E145664 Super Duty TFA 32 Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder To adjust the shoulder belt height 1 Pull the button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place 2 SAFETY BELT WARNINGLAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME audible warning will sound if the WA driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on This lamp illuminates and an Safety Belts Conditions of operation If Then The driver s safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position The safety belt warning light illuminates 1 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated and the warning chime is sounding The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi tion The safety belt warning light and indicator chime remain off SAFETY BELT MINDER Belt Minder This feature su
336. head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the air bag cover Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of acrash Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving The head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied An improperly adjusted head restraint may not adequately protect an occupant during an impact from the rear Seats WARNINGS Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Note Adjust the seat back to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remai
337. heck the engine oil level Add oil if needed If the oil level is correct have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine cool Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Indicates transmission fluid temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the transmission fluid temperature exceeds the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and verify the airflow is not restricted such as snow or debris blocking airflow through the grill Also higher than normal operating temperature can be caused by special operation conditions i e snowplowing towing or off road use Refer to Special operating conditions in the scheduled maintenance information for instructions Operating the Super Duty TFA transmission for extended periods of time with the gauge in the higher than normal area may cause internal transmission damage Altering the severity of the driving conditions is recommended to lower the transmission temperature into the normal range If the gauge continues to show high
338. hors tether lower and top only anchor anchors tether and top anchor tether anchor Rear facing Up to 65 lb x child seat 29 kg Rear facing Over 65 lb x child seat 29 kg Forward Upto65lb x facing 29 kg child seat Forward Over 65 lb Xx facing 29 kg child seat Note The child seat must rest tightly The childproof locks are located on the against the vehicle seat upon which it is rear edge of each rear door You must set installed It may be necessary to lift or the lock separately for each door remove the head restraint See Head Restraints page 108 Move the lock control up or down to engage or disengage the childproof lock CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside E162719 27 Super Duty TFA Safety Belts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Always drive and ride with your seat back upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while the vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash All occupants of the vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury o
339. ic locking hubs engaging and is not cause for concern Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a front air dam that can become damaged due to reduced ground clearance when taking your vehicle off road This air dam can be taken off by removing two bolts Four wheel drive vehicles are specially equipped for driving on sand snow mud and rough terrain and have operating characteristics that are somewhat different from conventional vehicles both on and off the road Power is supplied to all four wheels through a transfer case On Four wheel drive vehicles the transfer case allows you to select 4WD when necessary Information on transfer case operation and shifting procedures can be found in this chapter Information on transfer case maintenance can be found in the Maintenance chapter You should become thoroughly familiar with this information before you operate your vehicle Four Wheel Drive it Equipped Four wheel drive when you select a 4WD mode uses all four wheels to power the vehicle This increases traction enabling you to drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot Basic Operating Principles Drive slower in strong crosswinds which can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle When driving your vehicle on surfaces made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice proceed with care Do not use Four wheel drive on dry hard surfaced roa
340. ice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system MyFord Touch it equipped Under this menu you can set om your clock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note f the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 hour or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon gt hs Display to access and make adjustments using the touchscreen Super Duty TFA Brightness allows you to make
341. ide Assistance To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available 24 hours seven days a week for the coverage period listed on the Roadside Assistance Card included in your Owner s Manual portfolio Roadside assistance will cover a flat tire change with a good spare if provided with the vehicle except vehicles that have been supplied with a tire inflation kit battery jump start lock out assistance key replacement cost is the customer s responsibility fuel delivery Independent Service Contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 0 gallons 7 5 liters of gasoline or 5 0 gallons 18 9 liters of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Fuel delivery service is limited to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period winch out available within 100 feet 30 5 meters of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries towing Ford and Lincoln eligible vehicles towed to an authorized dealer within 35 miles 56 3 kilometers of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer If a member requests to be towed to an authorized dealer more than 35 miles 56 3 kilometers from the disablement location the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 miles 56 3 kilom
342. iew and adjust various media settings Super Duty TFA Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings page 356 Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes such as adding or removing tracks to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device Browse This feature allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request MyFord Touch it equipped Playing Video from Your Device To access and play video from your device your vehicle s transmission must be in position P with the ignition in accessory mode See Starting and Stopping the Engine
343. if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill C The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel E163053 Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON Super Duty TFA The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster E Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster Changing the Set Speed Note f you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change When you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal You will not erase the set speed Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RSM Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off Driving Aids STEERING To help prevent damage to the power steering system Never hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning p
344. if the axle is not already filled with it See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Towing Allow more distance for stopping with atrailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park on a grade Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow Set your vehicle parking brake Place the automatic transmission in position P Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Your vehicle may be equipped with a temporary or conventional spare tire A temporary spare tire is different in size diameter or width tread type All Season or All Terrain or is froma different manufacturer than the road tires on your vehicle Consult information on the tire label or Safety Compliance label for limitations when using Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after the trailer is removed from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Super Duty TFA 196 Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle
345. igation voice volume increase Repeat instruction Show 3D Show heading up Show map Show north up Show route Cancel next waypoint Show turn list Cancel route n2 Destination Destination lt nametag gt Destination lt POI category gt Destination favorites Destination home Super Duty TFA Voice guidance off Voice guidance on Where am I 407 Zoom in MyFord Touch it equipped Navigation system voice commands Zoom out NAVIGATION Zoom maximum Help Zoom province These commands are only available when a navigation route is active If you say Destination you can then say any command in the following Destination chart If you say Navigation you can then say any command in the following Navigation chart DESTINATION lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites Home Intersection Nearest lt POI category gt Nearest POI Play nametags POI category Previous destination Street address Help NAVIGATION Destination Zoom city Zoom country Zoom minimum 408 Super Duty TFA Zoom state Zoom street Zoom to lt distance gt Help If you say Destinatio
346. igh speeds 4H 4x4 High Used for extra traction such as in snow or icy roads or in off road situations This mode is not intended for use on dry pavement N Neutral Only used when towing the vehicle No power to front or rear wheels 4L 4x4 Low Uses extra gearing to provide maximum power to all four wheels at reduced speeds Intended only for off road applications such as deep sand steep grades or pulling heavy objects Four Wheeli Drive it Equipped Shifting between system modes Note Do not perform these operations if the rear wheels are slipping Note Some noise may be heard as the 4x4 system shifts or engages This is normal In order to reduce engagement noise it is recommended that all shifts be performed at speeds below 3 mph 5 km h Note The vehicle should not be driven in 4X4 High with the hub locks disengaged as this condition may damage driveline system components Engage the locking hubs by rotating the hub lock control from FREE to LOCK then move the transfer case lever from 2H 2WD to 4H 4x4 High at astop ora vehicle speed below 3 mph 5 km h Move the transfer case lever from 4H 4x4 High to 2H 2WD at a stop or a vehicle speed below 3 mph 5 km h then disengage the locking hubs optional by rotating the hub lock control from LOCK to FREE For proper operation make sure that both indicator arrows on the hub are aligned and that both hubs are set to either FREE or LO
347. ill continue to run now for a total of 20 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting Press the button once The 2X parking lamps will turn off You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See General Information page 81 REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle See Passive Anti Theft System page 58 To re program the passive anti theft system see an authorized dealer 49 Super Duty TFA MyKey PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys They can be used to create a MyKey program configurable MyKey settings clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you canaccess the following information using the information display How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle The total distance your vehicle has trave
348. ily under off road conditions Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers in these vehicles Failure to drive cautiously could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Truck and utility vehicles can differ from some other vehicles Your vehicle may be higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components The differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car Maintain steering wheel control at all times especially in rough terrain Since sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion make sure you grip the steering wheel from the outside Do not grip the spokes Super Duty TFA Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage from concealed objects such as rocks and stumps You should either know the terrain or examine maps of the area before driving Map out your route before driving in the area To maintain steering and braking control of your vehicle you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling not sliding or spinning Driving Off Road With Truck and Utility Vehicles Note On some models the initial shift from two wheel drive to four wheel drive while the vehicle is moving can cause some momentary clunk and ratcheting sounds This is the front drivetrain coming up to speed and the automat
349. in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company Customer Assistance To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada Transport Canada Contact Information Website http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm Phone 1 800 333 0510 Super Duty TFA 213 Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire E142430 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components Standard Fuse Amperage Rating and Color Color
350. ine Oil Temperature Diesel only Transmission Temperature Compass The compass orientation can be changed between fixed north or rotating north To change the modes press OK when the compass display is shown Use the right arrow to choose the mode Press and hold OK to set the mode Exhaust Filter diesel only Refer to your diesel supple ment for more information Blank Trip A B Use the arrow buttons to choose N between the following trip options 86 Super Duty TFA Information Displays TripA B Trip time Trip distance Fuel used Avg MPG L 100km Odometer Press OK to pause the Trip A or B screen press again to un pause Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information Trip time This shows the elapsed trip time The timer will stop when your vehicle is turned off and will restart when your vehicle is restarted Trip distance Registers the mileage of individual journeys Fuel used Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip Average MPG Shows the average distance traveled per unit of fuel used for a given trip Fuel Economy Use the arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Fuel Economy Fuel Econ Instant MPG L 100km Miles kilometers to Empty AVG MPG L 100km Fuel Hist 5 10 30 Minutes or Last 5 Resets Instant MPG Shows your instantaneous fuel
351. ing Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute Satellite radio signal interfer ence Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Acquiring Sat Fault SIRIUS System Failure Radio requires more than two seconds to produce audio for the selected channel There is an internal module or system failure present No action required This message should disappear shortly If this message does not clear shortly or with an igni tion key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer available Tune to another channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel
352. ing which may happen with Lift the cover to switch the lamp on MOONROOF ir couippPep the moonroof fully open Press and release the control again to fully open the WARNINGS moonroof Do not let children play with the Pull and release the SLIDE control to close moonroof or leave them unattended the moonroof in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves 73 Super Duty TFA Windows and Mirrors Bounce Back The moonroof will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way Pull and hold the SLIDE control within two seconds of a bounce back event to override this function While bounce back is active the closing force increases for each of the next three times that you close the moonroof Venting the Moonroof Press and release the TILT control to vent the moonroof Pull and hold the TILT control to close the moonroof 74 Super Duty TFA Instrument Cluster GAUGES Engine oil pressure gauge Engine coolant temperature gauge Transmission fluid temperature gauge Fuel gauge Speedometer Information display See General Information page 81 Tachometer A B C D E F G Super Duty TFA o Instrument Cluster Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Indicates engine oil pressure The needle should stay in the normal operating range between L and H If the needle falls below the normal range stop the vehicle turn off the engine and c
353. ion has a digital broadcast Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as amemory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital
354. ion Label or the Tire Label If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again Wheels and Tires WARNINGS When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 6 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than
355. ional output based on the towing vehicle s brake pressure Super Duty TFA Ford has tested the trailer brake controller to be compatible with several major brands of electric over hydraulic trailer brakes Contact an authorized dealer for information on which brands you can use The controller user interface consists of the following A and Gain adjustment buttons Pressing these buttons adjusts the controller s power output to the trailer brakes in 0 5 increments You can increase the gain setting to 10 0 maximum trailer braking or decrease it to O no trailer braking Pressing and holding a button raises or lowers the setting continuously The gain setting displays in the message center as follows TBC GAIN XX X The controller shows gain setting output bar graph and trailer connectivity status in the information display They appear in the information display as follows TBC GAIN XX X NO TRAILER Shows the current gain setting during a given ignition cycle and when adjusting the gain This also displays if you use the manual control lever or make gain adjustments with no trailer connected TBC GAIN XX X OUTPUT Displays when you push your vehicle s brake pedal or upon use of the manual control Bar indicators illuminate in the information display to indicate the amount of power going to the trailer brakes relative to the brake pedal or manual control input One bar indicates the least amo
356. ions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and Super Duty TFA WARNINGS warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Child Safety Restraint Combined Use any attachment method as indicated below by X Type child and seat LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt weight lower lower andtop andLATCH only anchors anc
357. ipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield E171242 Rotate the end of the control away from you to increase the wiper speed toward you to decrease the wiper speed Speed dependent wipers When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes decreases Super Duty TFA WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield This may scratch the glass damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat Press the end of the stalk to activate the washer A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid A quick press and hold causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid A ong press and hold will activate the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be turned on and off in the information display E171243 Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL Headlamp Flasher E163268 Pull the lever toward you to flash the Rotate the headlamp control clockwise headlamps and release the lever to switch to the first position to turn on th
358. irror B Off C Right hand mirror To adjust a mirror 1 Rotate the control to select the mirror you want to adjust 2 Adjust the position of the mirror 3 Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place Fold Away Exterior Mirrors For tight parking conditions you can push the mirror toward the door window glass Before driving make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Power Folding Mirrors If Equipped E163060 1 Rotate the control so the dots line up 2 Pull the control back to fold the mirrors in or out Super Duty TFA Note f you repeatedly fold and unfold the mirrors several times within one minute the system may disable to protect the motors from overheating It will reset to normal function automatically within three to five minutes You can also fold a mirror manually by pushing it toward the door window glass After you manually adjust the mirror you will need to reset it To reset the power folding mirror system and return it to its normal function Fold the mirror manually by pushing it toward the door window glass Use the power fold control to fold and unfold the mirror two or three times The mirror will make a sound as it resets Heated Exterior Mirrors if Equipped See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 106 Memory Mirrors if equipped You can save and recall the mirror positions through th
359. is available in the rear seat s of the vehicle or the child has a medical condition which according to the child s physician makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child s condition 3 Medical condition A passenger has a medical condition which according to his or her physician causes the passenger airbag to posea special risk for the passenger makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger even if belted to hit the dashboard or windshield in a crash Supplementary Restraints System Transport Canada Deactivation Criteria Canada Only WARNING This vehicle has special energy management safety belts for the driver and right front passenger These particular belts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury ina crash The energy management safety belt is designed to give or release additional belt webbing in some accidents to reduce concentration of force on an occupant s chest and reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs In acrash if the airbag is turned off this energy management safety belt might permit the person wearing the belt to move forward enough to incur a serious or fatal injury The more severe the crash and the heavier the occupant the greater the risk i
360. is only available in folder mode Voice command guide Autoplay Turn autoplay on to listen to music processed during indexing Turn autoplay off to allow the indexing process to finish before the system plays any of your music Search genre or Play genre The system searches all the data from your indexed music and if available begins to play the chosen type of music You can only play genres of music that are present in the GENRE metadata tags that you have on your digital media player Similar music The system compiles a playlist and then plays music similar to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed metadata information Search or Play artist track or album The system searches for specific artist track or album information from the music indexed through the USB port Refine This allows you to make your previous command more specific For example if you asked to search and play all music by a certain artist you could then say Refine album and choose a specific album from the list to view If you then select Play the system only plays music from that specific album Indexing times can vary from the system needs to process device to device and with regard to the number of songs Press the voice icon When prompted say BLUETOOTH AUDIO Bluetooth audio then any of the following Super Duty TFA Connections
361. isposed of by qualified personnel Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range weather conditions nearby radio towers structures around the vehicle other vehicles parked next to your vehicle The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other short distance radio transmissions for example amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems If the frequencies are jammed you will not be able to use your remote control You can lock and unlock the doors with the key Note Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it
362. ith label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not Wheels and Tires Exceed 50 mph 80 km h Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label Tow a trailer Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at atime Use commercial car washing equipment Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability 3 Full size dissimilar spare without label on wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly The usage of a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground c
363. kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Note f you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mile 1 6 kilometers never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Wheels and Tires Note f you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go Up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure Note f you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the othe
364. kage enables your vehicle to accept certain fifth wheel trailer hitches and gooseneck ball hitches The fifth wheel trailer hitch attaches to the four mounting pads in the pick up bed An optional 7 pin trailer wiring connector may be in the bed as well The gooseneck ball hitch is a separate mounting pad from the fifth wheel hitch located in the center of the bed Super Duty TFA Shorter pick up boxes such as the 62 foot box on the F 250 and F 350 provide less clearance between the cab and the fifth wheel and gooseneck trailer compared to longer box pick ups such as an 8 foot box on the F 250 or F 350 When selecting a trailer and tow vehicle it is critical to check that this combination provides clearance between the front of the trailer and tow vehicle for turns up to 90 degrees Failure to follow this recommendation could result in the trailer contacting the cab of the tow vehicle during tight turns that are typical during low speed parking and turning maneuvers This contact could result in damage to the trailer and tow vehicle Safety Chains Note Do not attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the safety chains cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic
365. ke lamp 1 912 Cargo lamp 2 912 Map lamp 2 12V6W Dome reading lamps 3 578 Interior visor lamp 2 2825 Mirror turn signal 2 2825 Mirror clearance lamp 2825 Front clearance lamps and 5 194 front identification lamps Rear fender clearance 4 LED Rear identification 3 193 Underhood Lamp 906 LED if equipped To replace all instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer Dual rear wheels if equipped See your authorized dealer to replace the lamp assembly Super Duty TFA 244 Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER WARNINGS To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Change the air filter element at the proper interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 habe A W 7 E163755 1 Locate the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on
366. ker s package Bedliners and bedmats Rear seat entertainment Tonneau covers Trailer hitches wiring harnesses and accessories Racks and carriers Truck bed camping tent Sportliner cargo liner Bed extender Peace of mind Keyless entry keypad Back up alarm Remote start and alarms Wheel locks Protective seat covers Bumper and hitch mounted parking sensors Cable lock Bed hooks Tool Cargo boxes Speed Cruise control The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer 409 Accessories For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle When adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped
367. key to the off position 3 Apply the parking brake Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to the off position 3 Apply the parking brake Cold Weather Starting Flexible Fuel Vehicles Only The starting characteristics of all grades of E85 ethanol make it unsuitable for use when ambient temperatures fall below O F 18 C Consult your fuel distributor for the availability of winter grade ethanol As the outside temperature approaches freezing ethanol fuel distributors should supply winter grade ethanol same as with unleaded gasoline If summer grade ethanol is used in cold weather conditions O F to 32 F 18 C to 0 C you may experience increased cranking times rough idle or hesitation until the engine has warmed up You may experience a decrease in peak performance when the engine is cold when operating on E85 ethanol Starting and Stopping the Engine Do not crank the engine for mo
368. king mode See Locking and Unlocking page 54 To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 3 4 within five seconds To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7 8 and 9 0 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first Displaying the Factory Set Code Note You will need to have two programmed passive anti theft keys for this procedure To display the factory set code in the information display 1 Insert a key into the ignition and switch the ignition on for a few seconds Locks 2 Switch the ignition off and remove the key 3 Insert the second key into the ignition and switch the ignition on The factory set code will display for a few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display 57 Super Duty TFA Security PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM iF equipped Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Vetallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and
369. kwise into the housing until it clips into position 116 Seats FRONT SEAT ARMREST E162745 Press the button on the right hand side of the seat and pull the seatback down to release the armrest You can also gain access to the cupholders and seatback storage bin e Aa Pull up on the tab to open the storage bin Lift up on the seatback to return it to the upright position E162746 Super Duty TFA a gt pe E162747 iw If your vehicle has an under seat storage compartment in the seat cushion lift the latch to open the lid of the compartment You cannot open the lid when the armrest is down t WN gt onl E162748 by The under seat storage compartment has a programmable lock Use the ignition key to program the lock to the compartment You can power or charge electronics using the under seat storage compartment auxiliary power point See Auxiliary Power Points page 127 117 Seats REAR SEAT ARMREST ir EQUIPPED E162744 Fold the armrest down to use it 18 EDEA Super Duty TFA Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped The appearance of your vehicle s universal garage door opener varies according to your option package Before programming make sure you identify which transmitter you have by comparing it to the graphics below E164776 Car2U Home Automation System E142657 HomeLink Note Programming these two types of universal garage door openers
370. l Check page 226 OIL CHANGE REQUIRED The oil life left reaches 0 See Engine Oil Check page 226 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL LOW The brake fluid level is low and the brake system needs inspection immediately See Brake Fluid Check page 234 CHECK BRAKE SYSTEM The brake system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible MyKey Message Action MYKEY ACTIVE DRIVE SAFELY Mykey is active ADVANCETRAC ALWAYS ON A MyKeyis in use and you cannot turn off the electronic MYKEY SETTING stability control VEHICLE NEAR TOP SPEED A Mykey is in use the MyKey speed limit is on and your vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h VEHICLE AT TOP SPEED MYKEY SETTING A MyKey is in use the MyKey speed limit is on and your vehicle speed is 80 mph 130 km h SPEED LIMITED TO 80 MPH When starting your vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on SPEED LIMITED TO 130 KM H When starting your vehicle and MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on Super Duty TFA 98 Information Displays Message CHECK SPEED DRIVE SAFELY Action A MyKey is in use the optional setting is on and your vehicle exceeds a preselected speed BUCKLE UP TO UNMUTE AUDIO A MyKey is in use and Belt Minder is active MYKEY COULD NOT PROGRAM An at
371. l U S 7 engines WSS M2C945 A CXO 5W20 LSP12 or CXO 5W20 LFS12 Canada WSS M2C945 A Engine oil Diesel Refer to the diesel supplement engines Fuel tank incomplete 28 gallons vehicle steel tank 106L middle location Fuel tank pickup with 35 gallons 132L gasoline engine Fuel tank incomplete 40 gallons 151L vehicle steel tank aft axle location Fuel tank Diesel Refer to the diesel supplement engines Hinges latches striker Multi Purpose Motorcraft XL 5 plates and rotors seat Grease aerosol or tracks fuel filler door Lithium grease CRCSL3151ESB hinge and spring ESB M1C93 B Lock cylinders Motorcraft Penet XL 1 rating and Lock Lubricant 297 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or equivalent Ford part number Ford specification Transmission parking brake linkages and pivots brake pedal shift Motorcraft Premium Long Life Grease XG 1 E WSD MI1C227 A Power steering fluid Motorcraft MERCON XT 10 QLV LV ATF Automatic transmis sion MERCON LV Transfer case fluid 2 0 quarts 1 9L Motorcraft Transfer XL 12 Case Fluid ESP M2C166 H Automatic transmission 17 5 quarts Motorcraft MERCON XT 10 QLV 789 16 6L LV ATF Automatic transmis fluid S 5peed sion MERCON LV Automatic transmission 16 7 quarts fluid 6 spee
372. l which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage Four wheel drive vehicles have advantages over two wheel drive vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like any other vehicle Should you start to slide while driving on snowy or icy roads turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control Avoid sudden applications of power and quick changes of direction on snow and ice Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a full stop Avoid sudden braking Although a four wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice it will not stop any faster as braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident as to road conditions Super Duty TFA Make sure you allow sufficient distance between you and other vehicles for stopping Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears In emergency stopping situations apply the brake steadily Do not pump the brake pedal See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brakes page 160 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow WARNING Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it
373. laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Super Duty TFA Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades Band A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the original equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry amaximum load at 35 psi 37 psi 2 5 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 41 psi 43 psi 2 9 bar for Metric tires Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Wheels and Tires kPa Kilopascal
374. lay Turn the ignition off If two short horn beeps are heard the reset procedure was unsuccessful and you must repeat it If after repeating the procedure and two short beeps are heard when the ignition is turned to off seek assistance from your authorized dealer Wheels and Tires 11 Setall four tires to the recommended air pressure as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNINGS The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer If the tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 273 Note f your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your spe
375. le Control or an AWD fault has been detected Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Illuminates when a powertrain Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated te after the engine is started it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics OBD II system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emissions control system Refer to On Board Diagnostics OBD II in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced See Emission Control System page 139 Super Duty TFA 79 If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components The service engine soon indicator light illuminates when the ignition is first turned on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether the vehicle is ready for Inspection Maintenance I M testing Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until the engine is cranked then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing See Emission Control System page
376. le features or in certain information menus INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type not all of the messages will display or be available Additionally the information display may abbreviate or shorten certain messages Press the RESET button for Type 1 displays or the OK button for Type 2 displays to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display The information display will automatically remove other messages after a short time You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus AdvanceTrac Message Action SERVICE ADVAN The system detects a condition that requires service Have CETRAC the system checked by an authorized dealer ADVANCETRAC OFF The driver has disabled the stability control system See Using Stability Control page 165 TRACTION CONTROL Thedriver has disabled the traction control system See Using OFF Traction Control page 163 Alarm Message Action TO STOP ALARM An unauthorized entry has triggered the alarm See Anti Theft START VEHICLE Alarm page 59 SECURITY SYSTEM The security system has detected a fault Have the system FAULT checked by an authorized dealer Super Duty TFA Information Displays Diesel Messages WARNING When the CLEANING EXHAUST FILTER message appears in the information display do not park near flammable materials vapors or structures
377. le holding both shoulder and lap portions next to the tongue route the tongue and webbing through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure that the belt webbing is not twisted e E142531 Super Duty TFA 4 E142533 5 E142534 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it While pushing down with your knee on the child seat pull up on the shoulder belt portion to tighten the lap belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt Allow the safety belt to retract and remove any slack in the belt to securely tighten the child safety seat in the vehicle Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped Child Safety 8 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation 9 Checkfromtime to time to be sure that there is no slack in the lap and shoulder belt The shoulder belt must be snug to keep the lap belt tight during a crash Ford recommends checking with aNHTSA Certified Child Pa
378. leaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash If tar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax Super Duty TFA 248 Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives Follow the manufacturer s instructions to apply and remove the wax Apply a small amount of wax ina back and forth motion not in circles Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time Roof racks Bumpers Grained door handles Side moldings Mirror housings Windshield cowl area Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges CLEANING THE ENGINE
379. learance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to Towing a trailer Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible Location of the Spare Tire and Tools If your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire jack and associated tools see the following table for their locations Tool Location Spare tire pick up trucks only Under the vehicle just forward of the rear bumper Jack Super Duty TFA Regular cab and Crew Cab Fastened to floor pan behind rearmost seat on passenger side 280 Wheels and Tires Tool Location SuperCab Under rear bench seat on passenger side Jack handle lug wrench lug wrench exten sion only available on dual rear wheel vehicles and wheel chock only available on single rear wheel vehicles equipped with a diesel engine Regular cab Fastened to floor behind driver seat SuperCab Fastened to floor under rear seat Crew Cab Fastened to floor behind rear seat at driver side Key and spare tire lock In the glove box Removing the Spare Tire With Spare Tire Carrier Only The followin
380. led using a MyKey Note All MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user Belt Minder You cannot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened Note If your vehicle is equipped with AM FM radio only then the radio will not mute Early low fuel The low fuel warning is activated earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system Super Duty TFA Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key A vehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded Audio sys
381. light temporarily illuminates on engine start up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off or if a problem occurs in the stability system 164 Super Duty TFA Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the AdvanceTrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road thi
382. ling For vehicles equipped with an electronic shift 4WD system E172924 Pull the 4WD control knob toward you Rear Axle For 2WD vehicles and vehicles equipped with a manual shift 4WD system E163191 Turn the control to ON Once the indicator light be illuminates in the information display both rear wheel axle shafts will be locked together providing added traction If the indicator does not come on or the indicator turns off while driving one of the following has occurred The vehicle speed is too high The left and right rear wheel speed difference is too high during an engagement attempt The system has malfunctioned and is accompanied by CHECK LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL in the information display See your authorized Ford dealer for assistance 159 Super Duty TFA Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out Have the system checked by an authorized dealer If your vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking have it checked by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels page 251 D O See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 77 We
383. lities Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage See your device s manual for further information Do not attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Privacy Information When a cellular phone is connected to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that is linked to that cellular phone This profile is created in order to offer you more cellular features and to operate more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cellular phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log will remain in the vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in the vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or the vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information SYNC If Equipped System data cannot be accessed with
384. ll Super Duty TFA You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it Contacts in your phone book may be very short and similar or they may contain special characters 347 Review the Phone voice commandsat the beginning of the phone section Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are listed For example if you save a contact as Joe Wilson say Call Joe Wilson SYNC If Equipped Voice command issues Possible cause s Possible solution s Your phonebook contacts may be in CAPS The system works better if you list full names such as Joe Wilson rather than Joe Do not use special charac ters such as 123 or ICE as the system does not recog nize them If a contact is in CAPS you have to spell it JAKE requires you to say Call J A K E Super Duty TFA 348 MyFord Touch it equipped GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING E161891 O7mnmoovdawW gt Super Duty TFA AN Driving while distracted can result in LAS loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when
385. lled conditions ona specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA ABC WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Wheels and Tires The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature ABC WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest Band C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions ona specified indoor
386. lly on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope the system will activate automatically When you remove your foot from the brake pedal your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off Brakes 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will release automatically 162 Super Duty TFA Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL Dual rear wheel vehicles only In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud it may be beneficial to turn the traction control system off This allows the wheels to spin with full engine power TCS OFF E162724 Turn the traction control system off by pressing the stability control button located on the instrument panel If you cannot turn the system off see the
387. ls and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands 1 2 Press the voice button When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help SYNC If Equipped Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Phone Menu 1 2 3 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu Scroll to Services Press OK to confirm and enter the Services menu The display indicates the system is connecting Press OK SYNC initiates
388. lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Super Duty TFA Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces Check windshield wipers for any deterioration Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up Check fluid levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels If the battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues Wheels and Tires GENERAL INFORMATION Notice to utility vehicle and truck owners WARNINGS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers drive at safe speeds for the conditions keep tires properly inflated never overload or improperly load your vehicle and make sure every passenger is properly restrained In arollover crash
389. mMiSSiONn ccceeeeee 142 Power Take Off c cccssesssssseesesseeseeseesesseesees 148 Four Wheel Drive Using Four Wheel Drive cscsccsessesesseseees 149 Table of Contents Rear Axle Limited Slip Differential Electronic Locking Differential Brakes General INFOrmMatiOn c ccccceseseceseeeseees 160 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brak Siiner 160 Parking Brake 161 Hill Start ASSISt cc ccesceseesesestsssseesesteseeeees 161 Traction Control Principle Of Operation Using Traction Control Stability Control Principle Of Operation ccccccseseseseeees 165 Using Stability CONtrol eeseeeeeeees 165 Terrain Response Principle Of Operation 168 Using Hill Descent Control 168 Parking Aids Parking Ajd irrena 170 Rear View CAmMera sesesecsceceseseseeeesees 171 Cruise Control Principle of Operation USING Cruise Controli Driving Aids ASS COS HIN Se E E neveeescse rises 175 Load Carrying koad Chmalt scccscccensscrsissniiaiaieacn 176 TAI ATC ecccccssesestesestssessesesseessseesestesestesesnees 183 Super Duty TFA Towing TOWING a Trailer ceeccesescesessesestesestssesseeseseees 187 Trailer Sway Control 188 Recommended Towing Weights 188 Essential Towing CH CKS ccccceeseeeeeees 189 Towing POINTS ccccsscseseseseseesesesesesseseseeeeees Transporting the Vehicle a Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 198
390. main menu and select SETTINGS then MYKEY 2 ScrolltoCLEAR ALL and press the OK button Super Duty TFA 3 Hold the OK button until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information about your programmed MyKeys by using the information display MYKEY DISTANCE Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does not accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey NUMBER OF MYKEY S Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted NUMBER OF ADMIN KEY S Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system see an authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system MyKey MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Condition Potential causes cannot create a MyKey cannot program the configurable settings The key used to start the
391. may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples of temporary malfunctions are the vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling page 136 driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required Super Duty TFA 140 If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparent continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs Readiness for Inspection Maintenance 1 M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs toin
392. mber the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Wheels and Tires Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressur
393. ming the HomeLink button begin programming your garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener E142659 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps 2 Return to your vehicle Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped E142658 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for two seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons E142660 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly 2 When the indicator lights flash release the buttons You have erased the codes for all buttons Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button Super Duty TFA 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the
394. mit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by Appendices the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to Telenav in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement Telenav retains all right title and interest in and to the Telenav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to or shall be
395. mmand you may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings Confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question The system creates candidate lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command When turned on it may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification Super Duty TFA For example say Say 1 after the tone to call John Doe at home Say 2 after the tone to call Johnny Doe on mobile Say 3 after the tone to call Jane Doe at home You could also say Say 1 after the tone to play John Doe Say 2 after the tone to play Johnny Doe 316 SYNC If Equipped When you say The system Media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media candidate list You may still occasionally be asked questions Media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media candidates Phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the phone candidate list You may still occasionally be asked questions Phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for phone candidates Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening a
396. mmands available in the current mode This is an optional feature and available in the United States only Super Duty TFA 315 SYNC If Equipped System Interaction and Feedback The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings You can customize the voice recognition system to provide more or less instruction and feedback The default setting is to a higher level of interaction in order to help you learn to use the system You can change these settings at any time Adjusting the Interaction Level Push the voice icon Say Voice us settings when prompted then any of the following When you say The system Interaction mode standard Provides more detailed interaction and guidance Interaction mode advanced Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts The system defaults to the standard interaction mode Confirmation prompts are short questions the system asks when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request For example the system may ask Phone is that correct If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested and may ask you to confirm settings When you say The system Confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the co
397. mmend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features See MyFord Touch page 349 Audio System E163159 G A VOL and Power Press this button to switch the system off and on Turn it to adjust the volume B Eject Press this button to eject a CD C CD slot Insert a CD D TUNE Turn this control to manually search through the radio frequency band E Memory presets Store your favorite radio stations To store a radio station tune to the station then press and hold a preset button until sound returns F Seek Reverse and Fast Forward In radio mode select a frequency band and press one of these buttons The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction In Sirius mode press these buttons to select the previous or next channel If aspecific category is selected Such as Jazz Rock or News use these buttons to find the previous or next channel in the selected category In CD mode press these buttons to select the previous or next track Super Duty TFA E D G MEDIA Press this button to access different audio modes such as AM FM and A V Input DIGITAL RADIO Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all marke
398. mony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have Super Duty TFA already taken to try to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right t
399. n you can then say any command in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown Accessories For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at www lt Accessories Ford com United States only Ford Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Ford Genuine Accessories found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Ford Motor Company will warrant your vehicle through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit 12 months or 12000 miles 20000 km whichever occurs first The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style Bug shields Exhaust tip Deflectors Running boards Splash guards Step bars Fog lamps Custom graphics Stainless steel wheel covers Wheel well liners Interior style Floor mats Cargo organizers Custom seat covers Super Duty TFA Lifestyle Ash cup smo
400. n comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Front Seat Head Restraint E138642 The head restraints consist of A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust and release button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up Super Duty TFA Lowering the Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Removing the Head Restraint Press and hold buttons C and D 2 Pull the head restraint up Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks Front Row Center Outboard Crew Cab and Rear Seat Center Crew Cab Head Restraints Note The SuperCab has rear outboard head restraints that are not removable and are bolted to the back wall Your vehicle may be equipped with head restraints that are non adjustable The non adjustable head restraints consist of i oh 3 ea D E162872 A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve unlock and remove button 109 Seats Removing the Head Restraint MANUAL SEATS Press and hold buttons C 2 Pull up the head restraint WARNING P Do not adjust the driver s seat or seat Installing the Head Restraint back when your vehicle is moving
401. n create your own four digit PIN to lock and unlock the system 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note f the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks MyFord Touch it equipped Settings System Access and adjust system settings voice Press the Settings icon gt features as well as phone navigation and Thy Settings gt System then select wireless settings from the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit System Prompt Volume Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data Voice Control Press the Settings ic
402. n of the battery Press the battery down to make sure it is fully in the housing 5 Reinstall the rubber gasket 6 Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter w Memory Feature if Equipped You can use the remote control to recall memory settings for the driver seat power mirrors and power foot pedals Press the unlock button on the remote control to recall the memory positions If you enable the easy entry and exit feature the seat will move to the easy entry position The seat will move to the driver memory position when you put the key in the ignition Super Duty TFA Programming to the Transmitter 1 With the ignition on move the memory features to the desired positions using the associated controls Y z L 2 Press and hold memory button 1on the driver door A tone will sound after about two seconds Continue to hold until you hear a second tone 3 Press the lock button on the remote control within three seconds A single tone sounds Repeat this procedure with button 2 and a second remote control if desired E162734 Deactivating from the Transmitter 1 Press and hold the desired memory button for five seconds A tone will sound after about two seconds Continue to hold until you hear a second tone 2 Press the unlock button on the remote control within three seconds Repeat this procedure for each additional transmitter if desired Car Finder Press the button twice
403. n the back panel The SuperCab rear seat has three straps behind the top of the seatback that function as both routing loops for the tether straps and anchor loops The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view Child Safety F Series Regular Cab b Lb Lb 8 4 8 4 E162710 F Series SuperCab amp Jf E he 8 le E162711 Note For vehicles with adjustable head F Series Crew Cab restraints route the tether strap under the Attach the tether strap only to the head restraint and between the head appropriate tether anchor as shown The restraint posts otherwise route the tether tether strap may not work properly if strap over the top of the seat back If the attached somewhere other than the top of the safety seat hits the head restraint correct tether anchor raise the head restraint to let the child seat Once the child safety seat has been fit further rearward installed using the safety belt you can 2 Locate the correct anchor for the attach the top tether strap selected seating position Tether Strap Attachment 3 You may need to pull the seatback forward to access the tether anchors 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap Make sure the seat is locked in the over the back of the seat upright position before installing the child
404. navigation as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM Appendices COURSE OF DEALING CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT O
405. nd must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash 1 Super Duty TFA 36 The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment itis normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact witha deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants wh
406. nderbody components All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use 255 Super Duty TFA Wheels and Tires TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading E142542 Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575 104 c 2 Super Duty TFA U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it Treadwear The treadwear grade isa comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under contro
407. ndicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level See Engine Oil Check page 226 Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Fasten Safety Belt It will illuminate and a chime will A sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt Front Airbag e If it fails to illuminate when you A start your vehicle continues to flash or remains on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by your authorized dealer High Beam Illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher Hill Descent If Equipped 5 Illuminates when hill descent is eA switched on Instrument Cluster Low Fuel Level possible Illuminates when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty Refuel as soon as Low Tire Pressure Warning f Illuminates when your tire H pressure is low If the lamp remains on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by your authorized dealer Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Electronic Thrott
408. nel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations erases the previous audio While in replay mode Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track Press play or pause to play or pause the audio Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Super Duty TFA Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout This allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset y
409. ng lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer 1y Your vehicle is equipped with a brake shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from being moved from P Park when the ignition is in the 3 on position and the brake pedalis not pressed If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of P Park position with the ignition in the 4 on position and the brake pedal pressed a malfunction may have occurred It is possible that a fuse has blown or the vehicle s brake lamps are not operating properly See Fuse Specification Chart page 215 If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from P Park 1 Apply the parking brake Turn the ignition key to 1 off then remove the key 2 Move the steering column to the full down and full rearward position toward the driver s seat 3 Remove the gearshift lever boot Super Duty TFA 4 Place fingers into hole where the gearshift lever boot was removed from and pull top half of shroud up and forward to separate it from the lower half of the shroud There is a hinge at the forward edge of the top shroud Roll the top half of the shroud upward on the hinge point to clear the hazard flasher button then pull straight rearward toward the driver s seat to remove Remove the top half of the shroud Remove the three f
410. ng text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu Touch Messaging gt Send Text Enter a phone number or choose from your phonebook You can select from the following options 2 3 MyFord Touch it equipped Send which sends the message as it is Edit Text which allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list Text message options lll call you back in a few minutes just left l Il be there soon Can you give me acall I m on my way I m running a few minutes late I m ahead of schedule so I ll be there early I m outside Pll call you when get there OK Yes No Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL Receiving a Text Message Note f you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving Super Duty TFA When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if soe ean by your phone You can press View to view the text message Listen for SYNC to read the message to you Dial to call the contact Ignore to exit the scre
411. nition off if a door is open and the dome lamp switch is on It turns off the interior lamps after 10 minutes if the dome lamp switch is off KEYLESS ENTRY ir equippep SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD The keypad is located near the driver window Note f you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly E163050 You can use the keypad to lock or unlock the doors without using a key You can operate the keypad with the factory set 5 digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to five of your own 5 digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds Locks 3 Enter your personal 5 digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other Press 12 on the keypad to save personal code 1 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful To program additional personal entry codes repeat Steps 1 3 then for Step 4 press 3 4 to save personal code 2 press 5 6 to save personal code 3 press 7 8 to save personal code 4 press 90 to save personal code 5 You may also program a personal entry code through the MyFord Touch system Tips Do not set a code tha
412. nlock it equipped The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all doors are closed and the ignition is on and you shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion and your vehicle attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h Locks The autolock feature will unlock all the doors when autolock has locked the doors you stop the vehicle and switch the ignition off or to accessory mode and you open the driver door within 10 minutes Note The doors will not autounlock if you have electronically locked them before opening the driver door Enabling or Disabling You can enable or disable these features in the information display or your authorized dealer can do it for you See General Information page 81 Note You can enable or disable the autolock and autounlock features independently of each other Illuminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system The illuminated entry system will turn off the lights if the ignition is on you press the remote control lock button or after 25 seconds of illumination The dome lamp will not turn on if the control is set to the off position The lights will not turn off if you turn them on with the dimmer control or any door is open Super Duty TFA Battery Saver The battery saver turns off the interior lamps 30 minutes after you switch the ig
413. now tires and cables If you need to use cables it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as cables may chip aluminum wheels Super Duty TFA Note The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Use only SAE Class S chains Install chains securely verifying that the chains do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines Drive cautiously If you hear the chains rub or bang against your vehicle stop and retighten the chains If this does not work remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle Remove the tire chains when they are no longer needed Do not use tire chains on dry roads If you have any questions regarding snow chains or cables please contact your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury Wheels and Tires Each tire including the spare if H
414. ntact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If you splash fuel on your skin clothing or both promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If you splash fuel on your skin promptly wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction Fuel and Refueling FUEL QUALITY Note Do not add after market fuel additive products to your fuel tank We recommend that you use only high quality fuel without after market additives or other engine treatments Note Your warranty will not cover any vehicle damage loss of vehicle performance or repairs to your vehicle caused by the use of fuel not recommended Choosing the Right Fuel Use only unleaded gasoline or unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle If your vehicle is a flex fuel vehicle FFV it will have a yellow cap
415. ntifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in these metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown In order to playback video from your iPod or iPhone you must have a special combination USB RCA composite video cable which you can buy from Apple When you connect the cable to your iPod or iPhone plug the other end into both the RCA jacks and the USB port Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone MyFord Touch if equipped To access press the lower left corner on the touchscreen then select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands Ifyou are listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song Ifyou are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Next song Pause Play or Previous song A V Inputs WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while dri
416. ntil three clicks are heard or until the cap is fully seated Super Duty TFA ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant Note f your vehicle is equipped witha diesel engine refer to the Diesel Supplement When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note f the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to 50 which equates to a freeze point between 29 F 34 C and 35 F 37 C Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from your authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Maintenance Adding Engine Coolant WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from
417. nts or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Your authorized dealer has touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Take your color code printed on a sticker in the driver s door jamb to your authorized dealer to ensure you get the correct color Remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout before repairing paint chips Always read the instructions before using the products CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS F equippep Note Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers Note Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers Vehicle Care Note ndustrial strength or heavy duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time Note Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergents Note f you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish To maintain their condition we recommend that you Clean the wheels weekly using Mot
418. nusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling Super Duty TFA Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note Although the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt E142529 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together Child Safety rT E142530 E142875 3 While holding the shoulder and lap belt 5 To put the retractor in the automatic portions together route the tongue locking mode grasp the shoulder through the child seat according to the
419. o apply the brakes in order to exit 4X4 LOW TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SHIFT TON You select 2WD while your vehicle is at a stop in 4X4 LOW and you need to shift into Neutral TO EXIT 4X4 LOW SLOW TO 3 MPH You select 2WD while your vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW and you need to reduce your speed SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARD May display when shifting to or from 4X4 LOW Super Duty TFA 102 Climate Control MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL E163163 A Defrost Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents and demister vents You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice B Rear defrost and heated mirrors Turns the heated mirrors off and on as well as the heated rear window if your vehicle has that feature See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 106 C Air distribution control Press to set the air distribution to a position Floor and defrost distributes air through the windshield defroster vents demister vents and floor vents Panel distributes air through the instrument panel vents Panel and floor distributes air through the instrument panel vents floor vents and demister vents Floor distributes air through the floor vents D A C Press to turn air conditioning off and on Air conditioning cools the vehicle using outside air To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes E Recircul
420. o are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required Supplementary Restraints System DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Airbags can kill or injure a child ina child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of driver and passenger airbag modules ys crash sensors and monitoring AN system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 44 Super Duty TFA 37 Passenger Airbag On and Off Switch if equipped WARNINGS Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be
421. o change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming changes Super Duty TFA 4 om SATELLIT RADIO E142593 SIRIUS satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed SIRIUS satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen Touch SIRIUS gt Options MyFord Touch it equipped SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshoot
422. o change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP programis a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings Customer Assistance In the CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrato
423. o the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note the following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has beenina crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See SYNC page 3 3 Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service Ford Motor Company and the vendorsit uses to provide you with this information do not store your vehicle travel information
424. of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Ford Extended Service Plan ESP PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S Only More than 32 million Ford and Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Extended Service Plan It is the only extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Ford Extended Service Plan With Ford ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Up to 500 Covered Vehicle Components There are four Extended Service Plans
425. of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the Telenav Software These terms and conditions represent the agreement Agreement between you and Telenayv Inc Telenav with respect to the Telenav Software including upgrades modifications or additions thereto collectively Telenav Software All references herein to you and your means you your employees agents and contractors and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement Additionally all of your account information as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav directly or through the use of the Telenav Software is subject to Telenav s privacy policy located at http Awww telenav com Super Duty TFA 418 Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply wi
426. oints until it stops for more than three to five seconds when the engine is running Do not operate the vehicle with a low power steering pump fluid level below the MIN mark on the reservoir Some noise is normal during operation If excessive check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your dealer Heavy or uneven efforts may be caused by low power steering fluid Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your dealer Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir as this may result in leaks from the reservoir If the power steering system breaks down or if the engine is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort If the steering wanders or pulls check for an improperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components improper vehicle alignment If any steering components are serviced or replaced install new fasteners many are coated with thread adhesive or have prevailing torque features which may not be re used Never re use a bolt or nut Torque fasteners to specifications A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull 175 Super Duty TFA Load Carrying LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of you
427. olant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection Engine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection Super Duty TFA What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature
428. omatically tries to connect with first upon vehicle start up and download your phone book Q aoga Phone Voice Commands Press the voice icon and say Phone Say any of the following PHONE Call lt name gt wiz Call lt name gt at home Call lt name gt at work 12 Call lt name gt in office 2 Call lt name gt on mobile OR cell wh2 Call lt name gt on other Call history incoming Call history missed SYNC If Equipped PHONE n2 Call history outgoing 2 Connections Dial Go to privacy Hold Join n24 Menu Phone book lt name gt DIAL 411 four one one 911 nine one one 700 seven hundred 800 eight hundred 900 nine hundred Pound Number lt 0 9 gt Asterisk Clear deletes all entered digits n2 Phone book lt name gt at home n2 Phone book lt name gt at office Phone book lt name gt at work Phone book lt name gt on mobile OR cell n2 Phone book lt name gt on other This command does not require you to say Phone first This command is not available until phone information is completely downloaded using Bluetooth See Dial table below See Menu table below Phone book commands When you ask SYNC to access things such asa phone
429. ommended levels can cause vehicle damage If driving through deep or standing water is Unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks E142667 When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes Super Duty TFA FLOOR MATS E142666 WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will red
430. on Have the system checked immediately by your authorized dealer Instrument Cluster WARNING Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop your vehicle Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury Check Fuel Cap it Equipped Illuminates when the fuel cap Pa may not be properly installed Continued driving with this light on may cause the Service engine soon warning indicator to come on gt Cruise Control if equipped Illuminates when you switch this BIKE feature on See Using Cruise Control page 174 Direction Indicator Illuminates when the left or right turn signal or the hazard warning flasher is turned on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb Door Ajar Q Displays when the ignition is on eee and any door is not completely closed Electronic Locking Differential Illuminates when using the T electronic locking differential Super Duty TFA Engine Coolant Temperature Illuminates when the engine E coolant temperature is high meee Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this i
431. on Sensing is only an aid for some generally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone of the system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper or fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note f your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Super Duty TFA 170 Note f your vehicle is equipped with MyKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing syst
432. on gt om Settings gt Voice Control then select from the following 359 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch if equipped Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed inter action and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Phone Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Even with confirmation prompts turned off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Player Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Media Player then select from the following Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source Bluetooth Devices Index Bluetooth Audio Devices Sel
433. on may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 317 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver place you in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Super Duty TFA 332 Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call detai
434. on roisnussas 24 Child Seat Positioning 26 Child Safety LOCKS cccccscsessssesessessesteseeesees 27 Safety Belts Principle Of Operation cece 28 Fastening the Safety Belts 29 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 32 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator CHINN OS EEEE E reales 32 Safety Belt Minder Child Restraint and Safety Belt MAINTONANCE esesecsesesesessssesssesestesesesssnesees 35 Supplementary Restraints System Principle Of OPeraAtiOn cccceeseseeeeseseees 36 Driver and Passenger Airbags 37 Side AirDAPS ccescscesesesseseseseseeeseeseseesesees 42 Safety CamOpy cssscsssssssssssesssesssscsssaees 43 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator 44 Airbag DiSPOSAL w eessessssestesesesesseesesessesees 45 Super Duty TFA Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio FFE QUENCICS csesesesseseseseseseeesesesesseseeeeees Remote Control Replacing a Lost Key or Remote CONTON iiie rr erir ia a 49 MyKey Principle of OperatiOn ccccceessseseeeees 50 Creating A MYKeY cccsesessesesesesseseeteeeees Clearing All MyKeys Checking MyKey System StatusS 52 Using MyKey With Remote Start SV SUC MMAS secs E ENE 52 MyKey TroubleShooting cccccccsececeeeeeees 53 Locks Locking ANd UNlOCKING ccccesesceseeseeseseeees 54 KEYLESS EMT sissies sississtescsnndicunarisestacd 55 Security Passive Anti Theft SyStemM
435. on using an admin key 2 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select SETTINGS then MYKEY by pressing OK or the gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get toa configurable feature 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection MyKey Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as you created the MyKey Once you have switched the engine off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear all MyKeys within the same key cycle as you created the MyKey If you switch your ignition off however you will need to use an admin key to clear your MyKeys Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status at once To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings use the information display There are two types of information displays and their controls and messaging vary To determine which type of display you have you will need to reference another chapter See General Information page 81 If You Have a Type 1 Information Display Press SETUP until PRESS RESETTO CLEAR MYKEY displays 2 Press and release the RESET button The display will show HOLD RESET TO CONFIRM CLEAR 3 Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds until ALL MYKEYS CLEARED displays If You Have a Type 2 Information Display 1 Access the
436. or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further Super Duty TFA 391 assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the
437. or Vehicle Brake Fluid Motorcraft Ford DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS M6C65 A l or WSS M6C65 Az2 Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards Keep brake fluid clean and dry Contamination with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage and possible failure Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle Ford has designed your engine to use Motorcraft engine oils or equivalent oils that meet Ford s specification It is also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommended viscosity grade that meets API SN requirements and displays the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines Do not use oils labeled as API SN unless the label also display the API certification mark These oils do not meet the requirements of your vehicles engine and emissions system Do not use supplemental engine oil additives They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage not covered by your Ford warranty 7Use the correct automatic transmission fluid Transmission fluid requirements are indicated on the dipstick blade or the dipstick handle Check the container to verify the fluid you are adding is of the correct type Refer to your scheduled maintenance information to determine the correct service interval Note Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV should only u
438. or edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The Gross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXI WITH XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXXXX RIMS AT XXX_ kPa XX THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN El MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE PSLCOLD 4 A VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX pee aces XXXX X RIM APPL FECT ON THE DATE OF TYPE XXX IM IU EXT PNT pall XXXXXLB XXXXXKG XXXXLB WITH TIRES REAR GAWR KG S PSI COLD ICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR XXX ME XXXXX XXXXX wer XXX PIPS TR I XX TINTTR XX RC XX TAXLE XX DSO TR SPR XXXXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXK XXX _XXXX XXXXXXX XX E142523 179 Super Duty TFA Load Carrying MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR PNBY XXXX LB AQOXKG FRONT GAWR PNBE AV 7 REAR GAWR PNBE AR XXXX XXXX B WITHZAVEC TIRES PNEUS XXXX XXXXX XXXXXX RIMS JANTES XXxXXX AT AKPa PSI LPC xxx xx COLD A FROID idas W a DATE xx xx COMPLIES 2000y 0xx 00 Najoomi mn A ii il TIP PS z AXLE Tie SPR XXXXX X X OXX XK 77 o0000000000x XXX OAK AXXKAKXK AX E142524 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control an
439. or is in the locked position connector shown from below for clarity Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B Dor F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S only ZC 32 B1 Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A Super Duty TFA CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces Never was
440. or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance Flexible fuel vehicles FFV must also relearn the ethanol content of the fuel for optimum driveability and performance To begin this process 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake 2 Put the gearshift in P turn off all accessories 3 Start the engine Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature 4 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute 5 Turn
441. orcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Apply using manufacturer s instructions Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process To remove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific precautions are taken to preserve the components Super Duty TFA 252 General Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place Protect from sunlight if possible If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders Periodically wash your vehicle stored in exposed locations Touch up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when your vehicle is washed Lubricate all hood door and trunk
442. ose to display on the map You can choose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Starting point indicates the A starting point of a planned route Waypoint indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route ar Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route Super Duty TFA No GPS symbol indicates that CXS insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POl Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route To
443. ot substitute for good judgment by the driver Failure to do so may result in loss of vehicle control crash or serious injury Hill descent control does not provide hill hold at zero miles per hour O kilometers per hour When stopped the parking brake must be applied or the vehicle must be placed in P Park or it may roll away Hill descent control allows the driver to set and maintain vehicle speed while descending steep grades in various surface conditions Hill descent control can maintain vehicle speeds on downhill grades between 2 mph 3 km h and 12 mph 20 km h Above 20 mph 32 km h the system remains armed but descent speed cannot be set or maintained Hill descent control requires a cooling down interval after a period of sustained use The amount of time that the feature can remain active before cooling varies with conditions The system will provide a warning in the message center and achime will sound when the system is about to disengage for cooling At this time manually apply the brakes as needed to maintain descent speed Super Duty TFA USING HILL DESCENT CONTROL Press and release the hill descent button located on the instrument panel A light in the cluster will illuminate anda chime will sound when this feature is activated To increase descent speed press the accelerator pedal until the desired speed is reached To decrease descent speed press the brake pedal until the
444. ot use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element Note mproper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods Locations Power points may be found Super Duty TFA On the instrument panel two locations Inside the center console On the rear of the center console Inside the front under seat storage compartment if equipped Inside the rear under seat storage compartment if equipped 110 Volt AC Power Points if Equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power points when the devices are notin use Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power points since it will defeat the safety protection design Do not use a single power point to power multiple devices It may cause the power point to exceed the 150 watt load limit and overload resulting in fire or serious injury Note Keep the engine running to use the power points Some vehicles may come equipped with more than
445. ote This feature does not prevent trailer sway but reduces it once it begins Note This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying Note n some cases if vehicle speed is too high the system may activate multiple times gradually reducing vehicle speed This feature applies your vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary reduces engine power If the trailer begins to sway the stability control light flashes and the message TRAILER SWAY REDUCE SPEED appears in the information display The first thing to do is slow your vehicle down then pull safely to the side of the road and check for proper tongue load and trailer load distribution See Load Carrying page 176 RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed a trailer weight of 5000 pounds 2268 kilograms when towing with or by bumper only Super Duty TFA Note Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area Do not exceed 60 feet 5 6 meters trailer frontal area Note Exceeding this limitation may significantly reduce the performance of your towing vehicle Selecting a trailer witha low aerodynamic drag and rounded front design helps optimize performance and fuel economy Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weigh
446. otection of the airbag you also may reduce the effectiveness of your safety belt system which was designed to work with the airbag If you are not a person who meets the requirements stated in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Transport Canada deactivation criteria turning off the airbag can increase the risk of serious injury or death ina crash If your vehicle has rear seats always transport children who are 12 and younger in the rear seat Always use safety belts and child restraints properly Do not place a child in a rear facing infant seat in the front seat unless your vehicle is equipped with an airbag on and off switch and the passenger airbag is turned off This is because the back of the infant seat is too close to the inflating airbag and the risk of a fatal injury to the infant when the airbag inflates is substantial If the pass airbag off light is illuminated when the passenger airbag switch is on and the ignition is on have the passenger airbag switch serviced at your authorized dealer immediately The passenger airbag remains off until you turn it back on OFF e1e2723 PASSENGER AIRBAG 1 Insert the ignition key and turn the switch to ON Super Duty TFA 2 The pass airbag off light will briefly illuminate when the ignition is turned to on This indicates that the passenger airbag is operational The passenger side airbag should always be on the pass airbag
447. ou may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 392 3673 FORD TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www fordowner com Super Duty TFA These are some of the items that can be found online U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Manuals Maintenance Schedules Recalls Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories Service specials and promotions In Canada Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6K OC8 Telephone 1 800 565 3673 FORD Online www ford ca Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor
448. ough a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See SYNC page 313 Introduction Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The event data recorder is designed to record datarelated to vehicledynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling and Where the driver was posi
449. our PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 Artist Title Team Alerts This feature allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears on the screen you can choose to MyFord Touch if equipped Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite radio channel Note S R US does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN SIRIUS requires this number when communicating with you about your account Direct Tune Touch this button to manually enter the desired satellite channel number Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information Note S RIUS reserves the unrestricted right t
450. out special equipment and access to the vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information USING VOICE RECOGNITION This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you Initiating a Voice Session Push the voice icon A tone us sounds and Listening appears in the display Say any of the following Say If You Want To Bluetooth audio Stream audio from your phone Cancel Cancel the requested action Line in Access the device connected to the auxiliary input jack Mobile apps Access mobile applications Phone Make calls Services Access the SYNC Services portal SYNC Return to the main menu USB Access the device connected to your USB port Vehicle health report Run a vehicle health report Voice settings Adjust the level of voice interaction and feedback Help Hear a list of voice co
451. out liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE Appendices Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other
452. oward the H and the POWER REDUCED TO LOWER TEMP message may appear in the information display You may notice a reduction in the vehicle s speed caused by reduced engine power Your vehicle has been designed to enter this mode if certain high temperature high load conditions take place in order to manage the engine s fluid temperatures The amount of speed reduction will depend on the vehicle loading towing grade ambient temperature and other factors If this occurs there is no need to pull off the road The vehicle can continue to be driven while this message is active The air conditioning may also cycle on and off during severe operating conditions to protect overheating of the engine When the engine coolant temperature decreases to amore normal operating temperature the air conditioning will turn on once again If you notice any of the following Maintenance the engine coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red hot area the coolant temperature warning light illuminates the service engine soon indicator illuminates WARNING Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and place the vehicle in P Park 2 Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle moves away from the H range After several minutes if this does not happen follow the remaining steps 3 Turn the engine off and wai
453. ownshifted in time Although SelectShift will make some downshifts for you it will still allow you to downshift at any time as long as the SelectShift determines that the engine will not be damaged from over revving SelectShift will not automatically upshift even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit It must be shifted manually by pressing the button Note Engine damage may occur if excessive engine revving is held without shifting Super Duty TFA Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature is designed to increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of the vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts soft shifts or both This operation is considered normal and will not affect function or durability of the transmission Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the strategy must be relearned Brake Shift Interlock WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working Transmission WARNINGS When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warni
454. oying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag If the curtain airbags have deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash Supplementary Restraints System The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the he
455. p control in the autolamp position 2 Turnthe headlamp control to off 3 Turn the ignition switch to on and then back to off 4 Turnthe headlamp control to the autolamp position The headlamps will turn on 5 Wait the desired amount of time for the exit delay you want up to three minutes then turn the headlamps off Super Duty TFA INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER E163270 Use to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel and all applicable lit components in the vehicle during headlamp and parking lamp operation Tap the top or bottom of the control to brighten dim all interior lit components incrementally or Press and hold at the first position the top or bottom of the control until the desired lighting level is reached Press and hold the top of the control to the full on position to activate the dome on feature This will turn on the interior courtesy lights The lights will remain on until the bottom of the control is pressed DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS cir EQUIPPED WARNING Always remember to switch your headlamps on in low light situations or during inclement weather The system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during these conditions Failure to activate your headlamps under these conditions may result in a collision Lighting The system switches the headlamps on with a reduced output in daylight conditions To switch the syst
456. page 349 E163161 The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices memory sticks and charge devices if supported See SYNC page 313 MEDIA HUB iF c uiPpED The media hub is located in a compartment on top of the instrument panel Push down on the top of the compartment to access the media hub 312 Super Duty TFA SYNC If Equipped GENERAL INFORMATION Powered by Microsoft E142598 SYNC is an in vehicle communications system that works with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone and portable media player This allows you to Make and receive calls Access and play music from your portable music player Use 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information Use applications such as Pandora and Stitcher via SYNC AppLink Access phonebook contacts and music using voice commands Stream music from your connected phone Text message Super Duty TFA Use the advanced voice recognition system Charge your USB device if your device supports this These features require activation Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you cannot answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST Inthe United States call 1 800 392 3673
457. part of the exhaust system until it has cooled Use special care when working around the diesel oxidation catalytic converter and or the diesel particulate filter DPF The diesel oxidation catalytic converter and or the DPF heats up to a high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and can stay hot even after the engine is turned off Failure to follow these instructions may result in personal injury Super Duty TFA E163380 The visible holes in the exhaust tip and the holes under the shield just inboard of the right rear tire s are functional The holes need to be kept clear of mud debris or foreign material to maintain proper function of the exhaust system Clean and remove debris or foreign material if present as needed Spraying with a hose during regular washing of vehicle should help keep holes clean and clear of debris or foreign material CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance To clean the windshield and wiper blades Clean the windshield with a non abrasive glass cleaner For windshields contaminated with tree sap chemicals wax or bugs clean the entire windshield using steel wool no greater than OOOO grade ina circular
458. patible cell phone to SYNC Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident Aconnected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U S Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off the triggers for 911 Assist If a connected cell phone sustains damage or loses its connection to SYNC during a crash SYNC will search for and try to connect to a previously paired cell phone SYNC will then attempt to call the emergency services Before making the call SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically SYNC
459. plementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury froma deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat inthe front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Several airbag system components get hot after inflation To avoid risk of injury do not touch them after inflation If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again a
460. pment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 1y EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that Introduction are unique to your vehicle This Owner s Manual is written primarily for the U S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Manual for all other required information and warnings Super Duty TFA Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following
461. portion of the belt and pull downward child seat manufacturer s instructions until all of the belt is pulled out Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode you should not be able to pull more belt out If the retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6 ig E142531 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from for that seating position until you hear asnap and feel the latch engage Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it E142533 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight for example by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that will exist once the extra Super Duty TFA Child Safety weight of the child is added to the child restraint It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward the buckle will help to remove remaining slack from the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat is equipped U gt A Dai 10
462. positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of lap and shoulder safety belts shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions Safety belt warning light and chime N Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator Safety Belts The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated In frontal and near frontal crashes side crashes and rollovers the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or if the crash is of sufficient severity together with the front airbags FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts E142587 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle a PX E142588 Super Duty TFA 29 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tong
463. possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Phone Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Climate or Settings if your vehicle is equipped with manual climate control Settings if your vehicle is equipped with automatic climate control Home Information Entertainment 349 MyFord Touch i equipped This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings NAVIGATION Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Super Duty TFA Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settin
464. ppears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Super Duty TFA USING SYNC WITH YOUR PHONE Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your phone s manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca SYNC If Equipped Pairing a Phone for the First Time Note SYNC can support downloading up to approximately 1000 entries per Bluetooth enabled cellular phone Note Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio Put the transmission in position P Note 7o scroll through the menus press the up and down arrows on your audio system Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC allows you to make and receive hands free calls Press the phone button When the display in
465. pplements the safety belt warning function It provides additional reminders by intermittently sounding a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver s seat is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled 33 Super Duty TFA Safety Belts If Then The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on posi tion or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature will not activate The driver s safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The driver s safety belt becomes unbuckled for about one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition switch has been turned to on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature Driver Only WARNING While
466. price To contact HERE please visit www here com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and HERE and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers on the other hand For purposes of these terms HERE shall mean a HERE North America LLC with respect to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region and b HERE Europe BW for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa The Data includes certain information and related content provided under license to HERE from third parties and is subject to the applicable supplier terms and copyright notices set forth at the following URL http corporate navteq com supplier_terms hAtmL Super Duty TFA TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws License Limitations on Transfer
467. properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death The front passenger airbag is not designed to offer protection to an occupant in the center seating position An airbag ON and OFF switch may be installed in this vehicle Before driving always look at the face of the switch to be sure the switch is in the proper position in accordance with these instructions and warnings Failure to put the switch in a proper position can increase the risk of serious injury or death in a crash PASS AIRBAG off E162720 High series vehicles if equipped The front passenger airbag on and off switch has indicators that will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either on or off The indicator lamp is located by the radio Note The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON lamps will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional Supplementary Restraints System Switch position Passenger airbag status Passenger airbag indicator Off OFF Lit Disabled ON Unlit On OFF Unlit Enabled ON Lit WARNINGS PASS AIRBAG 7 Ke Ao OFF E162721 Low series vehicles if equipped The front passenger airbag on and off switch has an indicator that will illuminate and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is off
468. ps and IndicatorsS 77 Audible Warnings and Indicators 80 Information Displays General INFOrmMatiOn c cscscesessesesteseseees 81 Information MECSSABES csccccseseseseseeeeees 92 Climate Control Manual Climate Control 103 Automatic Climate Control 104 Hints on Controlling the Interior CUMA teenie sieni cere eeneer ee peemeneesne 105 Heated Windows and Mirrors 106 Remote Starteo eeeeeeseseseseeeseseseees 106 Seats Sitting in the Correct Position 108 Head ReStraints ccccccssesessesessesesseseees 108 Manual S at cccccccessesessesestesesessesteseeneees 110 Power SCGUS sssssccceeeercceesssessseevasctttaneesettaecits 11 Super Duty TFA Auxiliary Power POints c cccseseseseseeeseens 127 Storage Compartments Center CONSOLE ccsecsessesessesesseseeeseeeseeseees 129 Overhead COnsole ccsccsccsesecseseceseseseeseees 129 Starting and Stopping the Engine General INfOrMAatiON ccccssecsesseeseseees 130 Ignition SWITCH eesesecsessesestesesteseseseeseesesnees 130 Starting a Gasoline Engine 131 Engine Block H atel cceccsesecseseseseeesees 132 Fuel and Refueling Safety PreCQUtions ccccsssessesessesessesseseees Fuel Quality Running Out of Fuel ReFUCLING cesesseseeeesees Fuel CONSUMPTION cccseseesestesestesesteseeseeses Emission Control SYStOM cccceeseceeees 139 Transmission Automatic TranS
469. pts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart These commands are only available in USB mode and are device dependent MyFord Touch it equipped BROWSE Album lt name gt All albums BROWSE TV show lt name gt Video lt name gt All artists All audiobooks Video playlist lt name gt All authors All composers Video podcast lt name gt Help All folders All genres All movies All music videos All playlists All podcasts All songs All TV shows All video playlists All video podcasts All videos Artist lt name gt Audiobook lt name gt Author lt name gt Composer lt name gt Folder lt name gt Genre lt name gt Playlist lt name gt Podcast lt name gt Super Duty TFA This command is only available in USB mode and is device dependent Supported MediaPlayers Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC It is also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software ide
470. quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate 370 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped Potential station issues Echo stutter skip or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume Cause This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster Action No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is avail able No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or froma direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available
471. r approximately 20 seconds until the LED lamps above the buttons flash rapidly Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped E164777 2 When the LED lamps flash release the buttons You have erased all of the button codes FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 2 Home Link Wireless Control System if Equipped WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door opener that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Super Duty TFA 122 Note Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with
472. r death It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In arollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person Super Duty TFA WARNINGS When possible all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Safety belts and seats can become hot ina vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating
473. r directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States Super Duty TFA 211 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY FORD EXPORT OPERATIONS amp GLOBAL INITIATIVES Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 Fax 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwe
474. r hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle 197 Super Duty TFA Towing It is acceptable to have your two wheel drive vehicle towed with the front wheels on the ground without dollies and the rear wheels off the ground We recommend towing a four wheel drive vehicle with all wheels off the ground such as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment However it is acceptable to use a wheel lift to raise the rear of your vehicle so long as depending on vehicle configuration you perform the following before towing If your vehicle is equipped witha manual shift transfer case make sure the front wheel hub locks are in the FREE position before towing If your vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift on the fly transfer case make sure you turn the four wheel drive control to the 2H position before towing Note Towing an electronic shift on the fly four wheel drive vehicle with the front wheels on the ground without disengaging the front hubs may cause damage to the automatic transmission Note Towing a two wheel drive vehicle or an electronic shift on the fly four wheel drive vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground for more than 50 miles 80 km or faster than 35 mph 56 km h may cause damage to the automatic transmission Note Using wheel lift equipment to tow a dual rear wheel vehicle requires removing an outer rear wheel before towing Super Duty TFA TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FO
475. r tire performance and longer tire life Rear wheel drive vehicles and four wheel drive vehicles front tires at left of diagram Super Duty TFA E gt E E142548 Dual rear wheel drive vehicle six tire rotation front tires at top of diagram Soran E166988 Wheels and Tires If your vehicle is equipped with dual rear wheels it is recommended that the front and rear tires in pairs be rotated only side to side We do not recommend splitting up the dual rear wheels Rotate them side to side as a set After tire rotation inflation pressures must be adjusted for the tires new positions in accordance with vehicle requirements Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure Note Do not use snow chains on vehicles with 20 inch wheels and tires The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use s
476. r tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label Super Duty TFA 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts or bulges Tire Inflation Information WARNING A An inflated tire and rim can be very dangerous if improperly used serviced or maintained To reduce the risk of serious injury never attempt to re inflate a tire which has been run flat or seriously under inflated without first removing the tire from the wheel assembly for inspection Do not attempt to add air to tires or replace tires or wheels without first taking precautions to protect persons and property All tires with Steel Carcass Plies if equipped This type of tire utilizes steel cords in the sidewalls As such they cannot be treated like normal light truck tires Tire service including adjusting tire pressure must be performed by personnel trained supervised and equipped according to Federal Occupational
477. r vehicle trailer or both to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with PAYLOAD E143816 Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX lb for maximum Super Duty TFA the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or oe Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If you install any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment on the vehicle you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload
478. r vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford FOMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Super Duty TFA 12 Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a
479. raction such as in snow or icy roads or in off road situations This mode is not intended for use on dry pavement 4L 4X4 LOW Uses extra gearing to provide maximum power to all four wheels at reduced speeds Intended only for off road applications such as deep sand steep grades or pulling heavy objects 4L 4x4 low will not engage while the vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h this is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4L 4x4 low for proper operation Shifting between system modes Note Vomentarily releasing the accelerator pedal while performing a shift will improve engagement disengagement times Super Duty TFA Note Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping Note Some noise may be heard as the system shifts or engages this is normal Note 4X4 high mode is not intended for use on dry pavement You can move the control from 2H or 4H at a stop or while driving The information display may display a message indicating a 4X4 shift is in progress Once the shift is complete the message center will then display the system mode selected If SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARD is displayed in the information display during the mode shift transfer case gear tooth blockage is present To alleviate this condition place the transmission in a forward gear and move the vehicle forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters to allow the transfer case to complete the mode
480. radio frequency signal E142658 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage turn your ignition to the on position but do not start your vehicle Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button that you want to program Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly you can release both buttons The rapid flashing indicates successful training Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete See Programming Your Garage Door Motor later in this section Super Duty TFA 123 If the indicator light flashes rapidly for two seconds and then turns to aconstant light you have not programmed the HomeLink button yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every two seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After program
481. rator pedal movement for 30 seconds This restriction allows your engine to circulate the oil properly in order to avoid engine damage Refer to your diesel supple ment for more information EXHAUST FILTER DRIVE Your diesel particulate filter is clean Refer to your diesel COMPLETE supplement for more information EXHAUST FILTER Your diesel particulate filter is clean Refer to your diesel CLEANED supplement for more information EXHAUST CLEAN The manual operator commanded regeneration process has STOPPED stopped Refer to your diesel supplement for more informa tion EXHAUST FLUID RANGE XXX MI The distance you can travel before depleting the remaining diesel exhaust fluid Refer to your diesel supplement for more information IN XX MILES SPEED LIMITED TO XX MPH EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY SPEED LIMITED TO XX MPH UPON RESTART EXHAUST FLUID EMPTY Your diesel exhaust fluid is nearing empty Your vehicle s top speed will become limited in the displayed distance You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Your remaining diesel exhaust fluid has depleted Your speed will be limited upon restart You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Super Duty TFA 94 Information Displays Message SPEED LIMITED TO X
482. raveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Speed restricted Features Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary Screens crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times or ski conditions Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries See the following chart for more specific examples Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts from a USB List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing the keypad code Enabling Valet Mode Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch it equipped ass Restricted features Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park st are active Wi Fi and Wireless Ed ing wireless settings it Edit ing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Graphics Playing video Editing the screen s wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Message
483. rbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash Supplementary Restraints System The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes y E152533 The system consists of the following A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are found on your vehicle Side airbags located inside the seatback of the driver and front passenger seats ee Crash sensors and monitoring N system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 44 The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags Super Duty TFA 43 SAFETY CANOPY WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a depl
484. rcum stances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk HERE and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness Use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Super Duty TFA Disclaimer of Liability HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR
485. re than 10 seconds at a time as starter damage may occur If the engine fails to start turn the key to off and wait 30 seconds before trying again Do not use starting fluid such as ether in the air intake system Such fluid could cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury If you should experience cold weather starting problems on E85 ethanol and neither an alternative brand of E85 ethanol nor an engine block heater is available the addition of unleaded gasoline to your tank improves cold starting performance Your vehicle is designed to operate on E85 ethanol alone unleaded gasoline alone or any mixture of the two If the Engine Fails to Start Using the Preceding Instructions Flexible Fuel Vehicles Only 1 Press and hold down the accelerator one third to one half the way to the floor then crank the engine When the engine starts release the key then gradually release the accelerator pedal as the engine speeds up If the engine still fails to start repeat Step 1 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects 1 Super Duty TFA 132 Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and the leave the
486. reased tire wear noise and vibration The electronic locking differential is a device housed in the rear axle that allows both rear wheels to turn at the same speed The electronic locking differential can provide additional traction should your vehicle become stuck You can activate the differential electronically and shift it on the fly within the differential operating speed range The differential is for use in mud rocks sand or any off road condition where you need maximum traction It is not for use on dry pavement The following conditions will affect the electronic locking differential Super Duty TFA On 2WD vehicles and 4WD vehicles in 2H 4X2 or 4H 4X4 High the ELD will not engage if the vehicle speed is above 20 mph 32 km h On 2WD vehicles and 4WD vehicles in 2H 4X2 or 4H 4X4 High the ELD will automatically disengage at speeds above 25 mph 40 km h and will automatically reengage at speeds below 20 mph 32 km h On 4WD vehicles in 4L 4X4 Low the ELD can be engaged at any speed and will not automatically disengage Activating the Electronic Locking Differential it Equipped Note Do not use electronic locking differential on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise vibration and increase tire wear Note f the electronic locking differential has difficulty disengaging release the accelerator pedal and turn the steering wheel in the opposite direction while rol
487. repaired If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash Super Duty TFA The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or front airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these safety devices The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if the vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation ora certain likelihood of rollover AIRBAG DISPOSAL Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be d
488. representative via an Your SYNC system is easy to use However online chat during certain hours Visit should questions arise see the tables www SYNCMyRide com below www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca for more information Phone issues Issue Possible cause s Possible solution s There is excessive back The audio control settings Review your phone s manual ground noise during a phone on your phone may be about audio adjustments call affecting SYNC perform ance During a call can hear the This may be a possible Try turning off the device other person but they phone malfunction resetting the device cannot hear me removing the device s battery then trying again SYNC is not able to down This isa phone dependent Go to the website to review load my phonebook feature your phone s compatibility This may be a possible Try turning off the device phone malfunction resetting the device or removing the device s battery then trying again Try pushing your phone book contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website 343 Super Duty TFA SYNC If Equipped Phone issues Possible cause s Possible solution s The system says Phonebook Downloaded but the phonebook in SYNC is empty or missing contacts This may be a limitation on your phone s capability Try pushing
489. restart the engine if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle SecuriLock The system is an engine immobilization system It helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start the engine witha correctly coded key a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming The system arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the system Super Duty TFA 58 Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle may have two integrated keyhead transmitters The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key It operates all the locks starts the vehicle and acts as a remote control If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys Store anextra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or repl
490. river is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving conditions Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic r
491. rm a master reset insta application and view system 1 Press the phone button to enter the phone menu and set prompts languages defaults 2 Scroll to System Settings Press OK Ll an 3 Scroll to Advanced Press OK nformation 4 Scroll to select from the following options If you select You can Prompts Languages Get help from SYNC by using questions helpful hints or asking you for a specific action To turn these prompts on or off 1 Press OK to select and scroll to select between On and Off 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Choose between English Fran ais and Espa ol Once selected all of the radio displays and prompts are in the selected language 1 Press OK to select and then scroll through the languages 2 Press OK when the desired selection appears in the display If you change the language setting the display indicates that the system is updating When complete SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Factory Defaults Return to the factory default settings This selection does not erase your indexed information phonebook call history text messages and paired devices 1 Press OK to select and then press OK again when Restore Defaults appears in the display 2 Press OK to confirm Master Reset Completely erase all information stored on SYNC phonebook call history text messages and paired de
492. rmation display Registers the accumulated distance your vehicle has traveled Trip Computer See General Information page 81 Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information page 81 WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle Super Duty TFA Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a E malfunction You will continue to have the normal braking system without ABS unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by your authorized dealer Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Brake System OLO Illuminates when you engage the parking brake with the ignition If it illuminates when you are driving check that the parking brake is not engaged If the parking brake is not engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfuncti
493. rn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure warning light Solid warning light Possible cause Tire s under inflated Spare tire in use Customer action required Make sure tires are at the proper pres sure See Inflating your tires in this chapter After inflating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Tire rotation without sensor training On vehicles with different front and rear tire pressures the system must be retrained following every tire rotation See Tire Care page 256 Flashing warning light Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function
494. rning the seat cushion to its original position and that the seat cushion locks into place Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash which could increase the risk of serious injury 1 Pull the control on the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position Super Duty TFA 113 Folding the Rear Seat Back Crew Cab E162738 1 Pull forward on the control to fold down the seat back Pull down on the handle and lift up on the seat back to return it to the original position 2 Folding up the Rear Seat Cushion 1 Pull the control to release the seat cushion 2 Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage position Returning the Seat to the Seating Position WARNING Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position and that the seat cushion locks into place Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash which could increase the risk of serious injury 1 Pull the control on the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position Seats Rear Under Seat Storage Crew Cab it equipped The rear seat h
495. route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See Navigation page 400 MyFord Touch if equipped Disconnecting from SYNC Services button on the steering wheel Press and hold the hang up phone 2 Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services SYNC Services Voice Commands SERVICES BEB When a route has b
496. rranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes Customer Assistance THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testi
497. rtain objects while the transmission is in R Reverse and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less The system can be switched off through the information display If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on REAR VIEW CAMERA reouppep WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system Super Duty TFA WARNINGS Back up as slow as possible since higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop the vehicle Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftgate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the liftgate is ajar Use caution when turning camera T features on or off while in Reverse R Make sure the vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle During operation
498. rts schedule My team headlines My teams schedule My teams scores NBA headlines NBA schedule NBA scores NFL headlines NFL schedule NFL scores NHL headlines NHL schedule NHL scores 394 WNBA headlines MyFord Touch it equipped Additional sports related voice commands WNBA schedule WNBA scores Help Alerts If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services View the complete message Delete the message Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar A If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month Super Duty TFA 911 Assist If Equipped WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a cr
499. ry again starting at Step 2 If after repeated attempts to enter the reset mode the horn does not sound the system indicator does not flash and no message is shown in the information display seek service from your authorized dealer Super Duty TFA 10 278 Train the tire pressure monitoring system sensors in the tires using the following system reset sequence starting with the left front tire in the following clockwise order Left front driver s side front tire Right front passenger s side front tire Right rear passenger s side rear tire Left rear driver s side rear tire Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left front tire Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds Note The single horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been learned by the module for this position If a double horn is heard the reset procedure was unsuccessful and you must repeat it Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right front tire Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right rear tire Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left rear tire Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds Training is complete after the horn sounds for the last tire trained driver s side rear tire the system indicator stops flashing and a message is shown in the information disp
500. s CREATE MYKEY MYKEY SETUP CLEAR MYKEY For more information See Creating a MyKey page 50 RESET FOR REMOTE START if equipped REAR PARK AID This feature sounds a warning tone to warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper and functions only when R Reverse gear is selected TBC MODE if equipped Allows you to choose the trailer brake mode TRAILER SWAY if equipped This feature uses the electronic stability control to mitigate trailer sway LANGUAGE ENGLISH SPANISH FRENCH Allows you to choose which language the message center will display in Waiting four seconds or pressing the RESET button cycles the message center through each of the language choices Press the RESET button to set the language choice Super Duty TFA Information Display Controls Type 2 If Equipped 4K gt E163178 Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting messages You can access the menus using the information display control Gauge Mode Cc ug Information Displays Trip A B Settings MN Fy Fuel Economy ka Information aara Truck Apps If Equipped Display Mode Use the arrow buttons to choose N between the following gauge options Gauge Mode Gauges Detail Eng
501. s Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas The cellular profile media device index Privacy Information and development log remain in your When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur Super Duty TFA vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when the cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information System data cannot be accessed without special equipm
502. s Remove the bulb socket by ro counterclockwise off 1 Reach behind the rear bumper to locate the bulb wiring 2 Twistthe bulb socket counterclockwise and carefully pull to remove it from the tating it lamp assembly 3 Pull out the old bulb from the socket Pull the bulb straight out of the socket and push in the new bulb Install the new bulb in reverse order 4 Install the new bulb in reverse order Repacing the License Plate Lamp BULB SPECIFICATION CHART U Note The license plate bulbs are located Replacement bulbs are specified in the behind the rear bumper E163830 chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T for North America and an E for Europe to ensure lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time Super Duty TFA Function Number of Bulbs Trade name Headlamps 2 H13 9008 Side marker lamp front 2 W5W Park Turn lamp front 2 3157NA Tail stop turn side marker 2 3157 pickups only Tail stop turn side marker 2 3157 chassis cabs only Reverse pickups only 921 Reverse chassis cabs only 2 3157 License plate lamp 194 Fog lamp 9145 243 Maintenance Function Number of Bulbs Trade name High mount bra
503. s Be sure the airbag is turned on for any person who does not qualify under the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration deactivation criteria A 1 Infant An infant less than 1year old must ride in the front seat because my vehicle has no rear seat the rear seat in my vehicle cannot accommodate a rear facing infant seat the infant has a medical condition which according to the infant s physician makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the infant s condition 2 Child age 12 or under A child age 12 or under must ride in the front seat because Super Duty TFA Al my vehicle has no rear seat although children age 12 and under ri in the rear seat whenever possible children age 12 and under have no option but to sometimes ride in the front seat because rear seat space is insufficient the child has a medical condition that according to the child s physician makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the child s condition 3 Medical condition A passenger has a medical condition that according to his or her physician poses a special risk for the passenger if the airbag deploys and makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag deployment greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and experiencing a crash without the protection offered by the airbag Proper
504. s battery then trying again Make sure you are using the manufacturer s cable Make sure you insert the USB cable properly into the device and the USB port Make sure that the device does not have an auto install program or active security settings SYNC does not recognize my device when I turn on the car This is a device limitation Make sure you are not eaving the device in your vehicle during very hot or cold temperatures Bluetooth audio does not stream This is a phone dependent feature The device is not connected Make sure you properly connect the device to SYNC and that you have pressed play on your device SYNC does not recognize music that is on my device Your music files may not contain the proper artist song title album or genre information The file may be corrupted The song may have copy right protection which does not allow it to play Make sure that all song details are populated Some devices require you to change the USB settings from mass storage to MTP class Vehicle Health Report and Services Traffic Directions and Information issues Possible cause s Possible solution s received a text that did You did not activate your not activate Vehicle Health account on the website Report Super Duty TFA You may have the wrong VIN vehicle identification number listed 345 This is a
505. s between the MIN and MAX range 7 If the fluid is low add fluid in small amounts continuously checking the level until it is between the MIN and MAX range For proper fluid type See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 292 State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed Super Duty TFA CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS This vehicle may be equipped with more than one battery removal of cable from only one battery does not disconnect the vehicle electrical system Be s
506. s could reduce the operator s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN Super Duty TFA The AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and roll stability control helps avoid a vehicle rollover The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See Using Traction Control page 163 E72903 A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac with RSC skidding off its intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with RSC maintaining control ona slippery surface USING STABILITY CONTROL AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC Single rear wheel vehicles only Stability Control The system automatically activates when you start your engine The electronic stability control and roll stability control portions of the system can be turned off below 35 mph 56 km h and are disabled when the transmission is in position R See Using Traction Control page 163 E169377 You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently Press the stability control button located on the instrument panel AdvanceTrac with RSC Features Single rear wheels only
507. s intended operating range If this warning occurs a chime will sound followed by reduced engine power The engine will shut down when your vehicle speed is below 3 mph 5 km h Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible Have the system checked by an authorized dealer ENGINE OIL DILUTED The diluted engine oil needs to be changed Refer to your diesel supplement for more information 93 Super Duty TFA Information Displays Message ENGINE TURNS OFF IN 1 SECOND ENGINE TURNS OFF IN XX SECONDS Action The powertrain control module will intentionally turn the engine off due to your vehicle being in the final second of a countdown The diesel engine shutdown is a regulatory requirement which may be required of a particular diesel vehicle for sale in states requiring this feature Refer to your diesel supplement for more information The powertrain control module will intentionally turn the engine off due to your vehicle being in the final 30 seconds of a countdown The diesel engine shutdown for extended idling is an optional feature Refer to your diesel supplement for more information ENGINE TURNED OFF Appears after the 30 second countdown Refer to your diesel supplement for more information ENGINE WARMING In extremely cold weather typically below 15 F 26 C PLEASE WAIT and if the engine block heater is not utilized your engine will not respond to accele
508. s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law Letter mph km h rating M 81 mph 130 km h N 87 mph 140 km h Q 99 mph 159 km h R 106 mph 171 km h S 112 mph 180 km h T 118 mph 190 km h U 124 mph 200 km h H 130 mph 210 km h V 149 mph 240 km h Wheels and Tires Letter rating W 168 mph 270 km h Y 186 mph 299 km h Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR mph km h H U S DOT Tire Identification Number This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last
509. s the cabin temperature during remote start Climate Control You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments You will need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as heated seats cooled seats heated steering wheel heated mirrors heated rear window You can adjust the settings using the information display controls See Information Displays page 81 Automatic Settings You can set the climate control to operate in AUTO mode through the information display setting Remote Start gt Climate Control gt Heater A C gt Auto The climate control system automatically sets the interior temperature to 72 F 22 C In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C Cooled seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors heated seats and cooled seats do not automatically turn on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats and heated steering wheel are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on Super Duty TFA Heated and Cooled Devices The climate control system controls other heated and cooled devices
510. s the phone button Be there in 20 minutes 2 Scroll to Phone Settings and then press OK Yes 3 Scroll to select from the following options When you select You can Phone Status See the provider name signal power battery power and roaming status of your connected phone Press OK to select and scroll to view the information When done press OK again to return to the phone status menu Set Ringer Super Duty TFA Select which ring tone sounds during an incoming call one of the system s or your phone s Press OK to select and scroll to hear Ringer 1 Ringer 2 Ringer 3 and Phone Ringer 2 Press OK to select 324 SYNC If Equipped When you select You can If your phone supports in band ringing your phone s ring tone plays when you choose Phone Ringer Message Notification Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives 1 Press OK to select and scroll between Message Notific ation On and Message Notification Off 2 Press OK to select Modify Phonebook Modify the contents of your phonebook such as add delete or download Press OK to choose between Add Contacts Press OK to add more contacts from your phone book Push the desired contact s on your phone See your phone s manual on how to push contacts Delete Phonebook Press OK to delete the current phone book and call history When Delete
511. same one that is registered on your SYNCMyRide account Super Duty TFA 346 SYNC If Equipped Voice command issues SYNC does not understand what am saying Possible cause s You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be speaking too soon or at the wrong time Possible solution s Review the phone voice commands and the media voice commands at the beginning of their respective sections Be aware that SYNC s microphone is either in your rear view mirror or in the headliner just above the windshield SYNC does not understand the name of asong or artist You may be using the wrong voice commands You may be saying the name differently than the way you Saved it The system may not be reading the name the same way you are Saying it Review the media voice commandsat the beginning of the media section Say the song or artist exactly as listed If you say Play Artist Prince the system does not play music by Prince and the Revolution or Prince and the New Power Generation Make sure you are saying the complete title such as California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles If the song titles are in all CAPS you have to spell them LOLA requires you to say L O L A Do not use special charac ters in the title The system does not recognize them SYNC does not understand or is calling the wrong contact when want to make a ca
512. screen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are still visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display Super Duty TFA Using Your Bezel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on VOL Control the volume of playing media Temperature fan and climate control buttons Control the temperature fan speed or settings of the climate control system Seek and Tune buttons Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system SOURCE Touch the word repeatedly to see all available media modes The screen does not change but you see the media change in the lower left status bar MEDIA Touch the word to access the Sound menu where you can adjust settings such as Bass Treble Midrange Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal Processing Occupancy Mode and Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have all of these sound options Hazard flasher Switch the hazard flashers off and on Using Your Steering Wheel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package you can use your steering wheel controls to interact with the touchscreen system See Steering Wheel page 60
513. se MERCON LV fluid Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage Indicates only approximate dry fill capacity Some applications may vary based on cooler size and if equipped with an in tank cooler You should set the amount of transmission fluid and fluid level by the indication on the dipstick s normal operating range Fill to the proper capacity according to dipstick Type A For correct dipstick type See Automatic Transmission Fluid Check page 231 Fill to the proper capacity according to dipstick Type B For correct dipstick type See Automatic Transmission Fluid Check page 231 See the Warning below WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel 300 Super Duty TFA Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 107 7 107 9 MHz Radio Reception Factors Distance and strength Terrain Station overload CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter au
514. se panel cover DS S D CD GD GD a Gp a a HOBBUUBUE E163102 Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 30A Not used spare 2 15A Auxiliary switch relay 4 3 30A Passenger smart window motor 4 10A Interior lights Hood lamp 5 20A Moonroof 6 5A Driver seat module 7 7 5A Driver seat switch Driver lumbar motor 8 10A Power mirror switch Super Duty TFA 220 Fuses Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 9 10A Auxiliary switch relay 3 10 10A Run accessory relay Customer access feed 11 10A Instrument cluster 12 15A Interior lighting Lighted running board lamps 13 15A Right turn signals and brake lamps Right trailer tow stop turn relay 14 15A Left turn signals and brake lamps Left trailer tow stop turn relay 15 15A High mounted stop lamps Backup lamps Trailer tow backup relay Reverse signal interior mirror 16 10A Right low beam headlamp 17 10A Left low beam headlamp 18 10A Keypad illumination Passive anti theft transceiver Powertrain control module Brake shift interlock 19 20A Subwoofer Amplifier 20 20A Power door locks 21 10A Brake on off switch 22 20A Horn 23 15A Not used spare 24 15A Steering wheel control module Diagnostic connector Power fold mirror relay Remote keyless entry Electronic finish panel 25 1
515. seal if non sealed bearings are used Every 97500 miles 156000 km Replace spark plugs Every 105000 miles 168000 km Change engine coolant Replace rear axle fluid ek Inspect accessory drive belt s Every 150000 miles 240000 km Change automatic transmission fluid and filter on 6 speed transmission Consult dealer for requirements Replace accessory drive belt s if not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 km Replace front wheel bearings and seals if non sealed bearings are used If your vehicle has climate controlled heated and cooled seats Initial replacement at six years or 105000 miles 168000 kilometers then every three years or 45000 miles 72000 kilometers If not replaced inspect every 15000 miles 24000 kilometers 6 7L Diesel Engine SPECIAL OPERATING See the diesel supplement for scheduled CONDITIONS SCHEDULED maintenance information Super Duty TFA MAINTENANCE 6 2L and 6 8L Gasoline Engines If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician 434 Scheduled Maintenance Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier Inspect
516. seat 22 Super Duty TFA Child Safety 6 Super Duty TFA E E162712 4 Remove the tether cover 5 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown E162713 Front seats Regular Cab and Rear seats Crew Cab If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly the child safety seat may not be retained properly in the event of a crash 6 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use DEA Tether Strap Attachment Rear SuperCab Only There are three loops of webbing just above the back of the rear seat along the bottom edge of the rear window in the SuperCab Use these loops as both routing loops and anchor loops for up to three child safety seat tether straps You can secure these straps below the back of the seat with rubber bands To access reach below the back of the seat and pull the tether loop out of the rubber band securing it Many tether straps cannot be tightened if the tether strap is hooked to the loop directly behind the child seat To provide a tight tether strap E162714 1 Route the tether strap through the loop directly behind the child seat E162715 Child Safety
517. sic categories To search for music categories turn on RBDS by using the SEEK buttons when RBDS ON OFF appears Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through categories then use the SEEK buttons to begin the search SPEEDVOL speed compensated volume allows you to adjust radio volume to compensate for noise levels when vehicle speed increases Audio System Track Folder is only available on MP3 files when in CD mode In track mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks on the disc In folder mode pressing the SEEK arrows allows you to scroll through all the tracks within the selected folder Press the FOLDER buttons to access other folders COMPRESS Compression is only available in CD and MP3 modes Switching compression on brings the soft and loud passages together for a more consistent listening level Use the SEEK buttons and up and down arrow buttons to switch it on and off F AUX Press to access the media features of the SYNC system See SYNC page 313 G SEEK In radio mode press and release these buttons to go to the next or previous preset radio station or disc track In CD and MP3 modes press these buttons to select the next or previous track or press and hold to advance or reverse within the same track H Play Pause and OK Play and Pause allow you to play or pause a track when listening to a CD OK allows you to confirm commands with phone and media
518. spect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work you may need to have the vehicle serviced See On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case your vehicle is not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking Fuel and Refueling the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving Drive on an expresswa
519. ssenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where the vehicle seatback and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position Your vehicle is not equipped with the lower anchor points in the seat bight For this vehicle use the vehicle safety belt and upper tether to secure a child seat E162709 Super Duty TFA Using Tether Straps Many forward facing child safety seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle The passenger seats of your vehicle may be equipped with built in tether strap anchors located behind the seats as described below The tether anchors in your vehicle may be straps on the seat back or an anchor bracket mounted to the body shell o
520. stalling wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while the vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Bolt size lb ft Nm M14 x1 5 165 lb ft 224 Nm Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners On vehicles equipped with single rear wheels retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal On vehicles equipped with dual rear wheels retighten the wheel lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles 160 kilometers and again at 500 miles 800 kilometers of new vehicle operation and after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal It is important to follow the proper wheel mounting and lug nut torque procedures On all two piece flat wheel nuts apply one drop of motor oil between the flat washer and the nut Do not apply motor oil to the wheel nut threads or the wheel stud threads gt E161443 290 Super Duty TFA Wheels and Tires E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 291 Super Duty TFA Capacities and Specifications ENG
521. state of charge Prior to relearning the state of charge the BMS may disable electrical features to protect the battery earlier than normal Super Duty TFA CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES 4 E142463 ey Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES You can manually move the wiper arms when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades E165804 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass Maintenance E165794 2 Release the wiper blade lock A and separate the wiper blade from the wiper arm 3 Install in the reverse order Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back on the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when you turn the ignition on Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant If your vehicle has been in an accident the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer Super Duty TFA Headlamp Aiming Target E142592 A 8 fe
522. stem will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash 1 Super Duty TFA 328 WARNINGS Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or get damaged in acrash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 91 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature SYNC If Equipped If a crash deploys an air
523. strap on the spare tire tether to attach the tether end to the winch retainer prior to raising to the installed position Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent the vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if the transmission is in park P To help prevent the vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure to place the transmission in park P set the parking brake and block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end of the vehicle to the tire being changed Never get underneath a vehicle that is supported only by a jack If the vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured Wheels and Tires WARNINGS Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel Always use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle If using a jack other than the one provided as original equipment with your vehicle make sure the jack capacity is adequate for the vehicle weight including any vehicle cargo or modifications Note Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked Park on a level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers D Gen i sem E142551 1
524. t Push again to deactivate E162742 Push the indicated side of the control for minimum heat Push again to deactivate E162743 The heated seat module resets at every ignition run cycle While the ignition is in the on position activate the high or low heated seat switch to enable heating mode When activated they will turn off automatically when the engine is turned off The indicator light will illuminate when the heated seats have been activated Super Duty TFA HEATED SEATS iF couipPeD WARNING People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the heated seat The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the heated seat to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doin
525. t Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as your vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a class Il Ill and IV trailer or fifth wheel trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Towing Vehicle type Rear axle ratio Maximum GCWR F 250 and F 350 with 3 73 19000 lb 8618 kg single rear wheels 430 22000 lb 9979 kg F 350 with dual rear 3 73 19500 lb 8845 kg wheels 430 22500 lb 10205 kg F 450 and F 550 4 88 26000 lb 11793 kg Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight for Your Vehicle 1 Start with the gross combined weight rating for your vehicle model and axle ratio See the previous chart 2 Subtract all of the following that apply to your vehicle Vehicle curb weight Hitch hardware weight suchas a draw bar ball locks or weight distributing hardware Driver weight Passenger s weight Payload cargo and luggage weight Aftermarket equipment weight This equals the maximum loaded trailer weight for this combination Note The trailer tongue load is considered part of the payload for your vehicle Reduce the total payload by the final trailer tongue weight Super Dut
526. t brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Move the transmission selector lever to position P switch the engine off and apply the parking brake Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference If none are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Super Duty TFA 160 Brake Assist Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal and can reduce stopping distances in critical situations Anti lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when you turn the ignition on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the system may be disabled Have the system checked by an authorized dealer 0O braking is still effective If the brake warning lamp illuminates when you release the parking brake have the system checked by an
527. t for it to cool before checking the coolant level 4 Ifthe coolant level is normal you may restart your engine and continue on 5 If the coolant is low add coolant restart the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer See Adding engine coolant in this chapter for more information Refer to fail safe cooling for additional information AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components Super Duty TFA Checking Automatic Transmission Fluid If Equipped For scheduled intervals of the fluid checks and changes See Scheduled Maintenance page 430 Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed To obtain an accurate fluid check drive the vehicle until it is at normal operating temperature approximately 19 mi 30 km Verify that the transmission fluid temperature gauge located on the instrument cluster is within normal range 1 Drive the v
528. t for more information Have the system checked by an authorized dealer SPEED LIMITED TO 50 MPH EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM FAULT The selective catalytic reduction system detects a fault The vehicle s top speed is limited Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Have the system checked by an authorized dealer ENGINE IDLED SOON EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM FAULT SEE MANUAL The selective catalytic reduction system detects a fault The engine will enter into an idle only mode Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Have the system checked by an authorized dealer ENGINE IDLED SEE OWNER S MANUAL EXHAUST FLUID SYSTEM FAULT The selective catalytic reduction system detects a fault The engine will eventually enter into an idle only mode Press OK to override the idle mode Refer to your diesel supplement for more information Have the system checked by an authorized dealer FUEL FILTER CHANGE REQUIRED Super Duty TFA A fuel filter change is required See Normal Scheduled Maintenance page 433 95 Information Displays Message EXHAUST OVER LIMIT SERVICE NOW WATER IN FUEL DRAIN FILTER SEE MANUAL Action You must have your vehicle serviced by an authorized dealer if approximately two hours after the EXHAUST OVERLOADED DRIVE TO CLEAN message has displayed and you have not driven your vehicle above 30 mph 48 km h for at least 20 minutes to clean the
529. t turn signal and stop lamp Orange Battery Brown Running lights Grey Reverse lights Hitches WARNING On pick up trucks the trailer hitch provided on this vehicle enhances crash protection for the fuel system Do not remove Super Duty TFA 190 Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10 15 for conventional towing or 15 25 for fifth wheel towing of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue Weight distributing Hitches WARNING Do not adjust a weight distributing hitch to any position where the rear bumper of the vehicle is higher than it was before attaching the trailer Doing so will defeat the function of the weight distributing hitch which may cause unpredictable handling and could result in serious personal injury When hooking up a trailer using a weight distributing hitch always use the following procedure 1 Park the loaded vehicle without the trailer on a level surface Measure the height to the top of your vehicle s front wheel opening on the fender This is H1 Attach the loaded trailer to your vehicle without the weight distributing bars connected Measure the height to the top of your vehicle s front wheel opening on the fender asecond time This is H2 Install and adjust the tension in the weight distributing bars so that the height of your vehicle s front wheel opening
530. t uses five of the same number Do not use five numbers in sequential order The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code 4 Recalling Memory Positions If Equipped The programmed entry codes will recall driver memory positions as follows Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory positions Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory positions Note Personal entry codes 3 4 and 5 will not recall memory positions Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set 5 digit code 2 Press and release 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds Press and hold 1 2 for two seconds You must do this within five seconds of completing Step 2 3 Super Duty TFA 56 All personal codes will erase and only the factory set 5 digit code will work Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature will turn off after one minute of keypad inactivity pressing the unlock button on the remote control switching the ignition on Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory set 5 digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note Al doors will unlock if you disable the two stage unloc
531. tching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition 8 Switch the ignition from off to on Keep the ignition on for at least six seconds until you hear the door locks cycle 9 Remove the newly programmed coded key from the ignition The key will start the engine if programming is successful You can operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter If programming was not successful wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8 If you are still unsuccessful take your vehicle to an authorized dealer ANTI THEFT ALARM iF EquipPep The system warns you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It triggers if any door or the hood opens without using the key remote control or keyless entry keypad Super Duty TFA The direction indicators flash and the horn sounds if the system triggers while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm The direction indicators flash once after you lock the vehicle This indicates the alarmis inthe pre armed mode It will fully arm in 20 seconds Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions Press the power door unlock button wi
532. ted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 292 In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 292 Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Maintenance Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available Used engine co
533. tem if the correct genuine Ford Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used Your fuel tank filler cap has an indexed design with a 1 4th turn on and off feature When fueling your vehicle 1 Put the vehicle in P Park 2 Turn the engine off 3 Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise until it spins off 4 Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe 5 Toinstall the cap align the tabs on the cap with the notches on the filler pipe 6 Turn the filler cap clockwise 1 4 of a turn clockwise until it clicks at least once If the Check Fuel Cap light or a Check Fuel Cap message appears in the instrument cluster and stays on after you start the engine the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed If the fuel cap light remains on at the next opportunity safely pull off of the road remove the fuel filler cap align the cap properly and reinstall it The check fuel cap light or Check fuel cap message may not reset immediately it may take several driving cycles for the indicators to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after four or more hours with the engine off followed by normal city and highway driving Fuel and Refueling FUEL CONSUMPTION Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty The amount of usable fuelin the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range The usabl
534. tem maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled Note If your vehicle is equipped with AM FM radio only then the radio volume will not be limited Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off AdvanceTrac if your vehicle is equipped with this feature CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey There are two types of information displays and their controls and messaging vary To determine which type of display you have you will need to reference another chapter See General Information page 81 If You Have a Type 1 Information Display MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls Press SETUP using the information display buttons until PRESS RESET TO CREATE MYKEY is displayed 4 Press and release the RESET button You will see HOLD RESET TO CONFIRM MYKEY in the display 5 Press and hold the RESET button for two seconds until you see the message MARK THIS AS RESTRICTED in the display Wait until you see KEY RESTRICTED AT NEXT START in the display If You Have a Type 2 Information Display 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition 2 Switch the ignition on 3 Access the main
535. tempt failed to program a spare key using two existing MyKeys Park Aid Message CHECK REAR PARK AID Action The transmission is in R Reverse and the park aid is disabled REAR PARK AID OFF The rear park aid is disabled REAR PARK AID ON The rear park aid is enabled Park Brake Message Action PARK BRAKE ENGAGED The parking brake is set and your vehicle is in motion Power Steering Message Action SERVICE POWER STEERING The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service Have the system checked by an authorized dealer SERVICE POWER STEERING NOW The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system that requires service immediately Have the system checked by an author ized dealer POWER STEERING ASSIST FAULT The power steering system has disabled power steering assist due to a system error Have the system checked by an authorized dealer Super Duty TFA 99 Information Displays Off Road Message Action HILL DESCENT CONTROL OFF The driver has disabled hill descent control mode FOR HILL DESCENT REDUCE You have not met the vehicle speed requirement for SPEED entry into off road mode FOR HILL DESCENT SELECT The driver is able to select a transmission gear for hill GEAR descent mode HILL DESCENT DRIVER Hill descent control mode
536. tems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Scheduled Maintenance Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cases fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign ma
537. ter Super Duty TFA 435 Scheduled Maintenance Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals if km non sealed bearings are used Every 60000 miles 96000 Change transfer case fluid Four wheel drive vehicles km Replace spark plugs Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently service Replace engine air filter as required Every 5000 miles 8000 Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal km noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth Every 5000 miles 8000 Change engine oil and filter km or six months Inspect and lubricate U joints Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals if km non sealed bearings are used Every 50000 miles 80000 Change rear axle fluid F 450 and F 550 only km Every 60000 miles 96000 Change transfer case fluid Four wheel drive vehicles km Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted Of
538. terial contamination immediately Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub systems during scheduled maintenance It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford approved flushing chemical Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six month intervals Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Super Duty TFA Scheduled Maintenance Check every six months Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking brake for proper operation Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag and safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi point Inspection
539. term which begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account When in satellite radio mode press Options Troubleshooting Radio display Condition Possible action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required This channel two seconds to produce audio for the selected message should disappear shortly Sat Fault SIRIUS system failure Invalid Channel available There is an internal module If this message does not or system failure present The channel is no longer clear shortly or with an igni tion key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Tune to another channel or choose another preset Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not include this channel Contact SIRIUS at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost fromthe The signal is blocked When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area tower
540. teway Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth isa registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Connection Methods Choose your connection methods and change them as needed You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi Super Duty TFA 364 MyFord Touch it equipped The CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of Wi Fi the Wi Fi Alliance Press the Settings icon gt Help CERTIFIED then select from the following E142626 Help Where Am View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped wit
541. th the following when using the Telenav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe do not follow such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above Appendices 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the Telenav Software to provide Telenav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information
542. the screen display brighter or dimmer Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change Mode allows you to set the screen to acertain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or turn the display off If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of turning the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Wallpaper Note You cannot load photos directly from your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device or from an SD card Note Photographs with extremely large dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not be compatible and appear as a blank black image on the display Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings Thy icon gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload your photographs MyFord Touch it equipped Only the photograph s which meets the following conditions display Comp
543. the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Super Duty TFA 393 Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress
544. the air outlet tube Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector Super Duty TFA Dd 2 Reposition the locking clip on the connector connector shown from below for clarity squeeze the connector and pull it off of the air outlet tube E163756 E163757 3 Clean the area from around the air tube to the air cover connection to prevent debris from entering the system Next loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube It is not necessary to completely remove the clamp 4 Pull the air tube off from the air cleaner housing Maintenance E163758 5 E163759 8 Release the three clamps that secure the cover to the air filter housing Push the air filter cover toward the center of the vehicle and up slightly to release it Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing Install the new air filter element Replace the air filter housing cover and secure all the clamps Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover and ensure that you properly align the tabs on the edge into the slots Slip the air tube onto the air filter housing and tighten the air tube clamp bolt snugly Do not over tighten air tube clamp bolt Super Duty TFA E163760 10 246 Reconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector to the outlet tube Make sure the locking tab on the connect
545. the call to the Services portal Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can Super Duty TFA assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street intersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support 2 Follow the voice prompts to select your destination Once you select your destination the system uploads your current vehicle location calculates a route based on current traffic conditions and sends it back to your vehicle After the route download is complete the phone
546. the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest ocation where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure Super Duty TFA Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure WARNING To determine the required pressure s for your vehicle see the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Note You need to perform the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure after each tire rotation on vehicles that require different recommended tire pressures in the front tires as compared to the rear tires Overview To provide the vehicle s load carrying capability some vehicles require different recommended tire pressures in the front tires as compared to the rear tires The tire pressure monitoring system equipped on these vehicles is designed to illuminate the low tire pressure warning light at two different pressures one for the front tires and one for the rear tires Since tires need to be rotated to provide consistent performance and maximum
547. the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Automotive fuels can cause serious injury or death if you misuse or mishandle them Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions Avoid inhaling excess fumes The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if you pump fuel into an ungrounded fuel container Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Super Duty TFA 134 Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If swallowed calla physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If you splash fuel in your eyes remove co
548. the vehicle in the garage Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the Button Codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after you have programmed them you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the Button Codes later in this section E142657 The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter integrated into the driver s sun visor The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home This functionality allows you to program garage door openers as well as entry gate operators security systems entry door locks and home or office lighting You can find additional system information online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 Universal Garage Door Opener if Equipped In vehicle Programming This process is to program your hand held transmitter and your in vehicle HomeLink button Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the
549. thin the 20 second pre armed mode Unlock the doors with the remote control or keyless entry keypad Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle Use a key in the driver door to unlock the vehicle then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds Note Pressing the panic button on the remote control will stop the horn and signal indicators but will not disarm the system Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 108 T m 3 E95179 3 Lock the steering column AUDIO CONTROL iF eouippep You can operate the following functions with the control ne _ A l it 1 Unlock the steering column E as to n H VOL 3 E95178 B 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired D J c position E163051 A Media Volume up Volume down Seek down or previous Seek up or next moo 60 Super Duty TFA Steering Wheel Media Press repeatedly to scroll through available audio modes Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset play the next or the previous track Press and hold the seek button to tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band seek through a track VOICE CONTROL iF equipPeD
550. this condition there is limited cooling air flow through the radiator and around the vehicle that normally occurs when a vehicle is moving The aftermarket PTO system installer having the most knowledge of the final application is responsible for determining whether additional chassis heat protection or powertrain cooling is required and alerting the user to the safe and proper operation Super Duty TFA 148 Ford Super Duty Vehicles are approved for use as a Stationary including split shaft capability or mobile power source within limits and operating guidelines detailed in the Ford Truck Body Builders Layout Book found at www fleet ford com truckbbas and through the Ford Truck Body Builders Advisory Service Four Wheeli Drive it Equipped USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE WARNING For important information regarding safe operation of this type of vehicle See General Information page 254 Note Do not use 4X4 mode on dry hard surfaced roads Doing so will produce excessive noise increase tire wear and may damage drive components 4X4 mode is only intended for consistently slippery or loose surfaces Note f 4X4 low is selected while the vehicle is moving above 3 mph 5 km h the 4WD system will not perform a shift This is normal and should be no reason for concern Refer to Shifting to from 4L 4X4 Low for proper operation Manual Shift On Stop MSOS 4WD system if Equipped Note Some vehicl
551. tioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of thecircumstancesin which crashes and injuries occur Super Duty TFA Note Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an event data recorder special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment canread the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorderinformation without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada Introduction Note ncluding t
552. tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor Wheels and Tires You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on anda short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked Super Duty TFA 275 When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also wa
553. to lock or unlock the rear window controls Power Sliding Back Window it Equipped WARNINGS When operating the power sliding back window you must make sure all rear seat occupants and cargo are not in the proximity of the back window Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power sliding back window They may seriously injure themselves TILT SLIDE E163058 The control is on the overhead console 70 Super Duty TFA Press and hold the control to open the window Pull and hold the control to close the window Accessory Delay if Equipped You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door GLOBAL OPENING F couiprep You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off Note 70 operate this feature accessory delay must not be active Opening the Windows You can only open the windows for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control After you unlock your vehicle press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors if Equipped WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving Windows and Mirrors i a C a E163059 A Left hand m
554. to raise or lower the seat cushion or to move the seat forward backward up or down Super Duty TFA Power Recline if Equipped ey T E162731 Move the switch to recline the seatback forward or rearward Power Lumbar if Equipped E164101 The control is located on the outboard side of the seat Press the forward or rearward side of the control for more or less support MEMORY FUNCTION cirequippep WARNINGS Before activating the seat memory make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving Seats This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver s seat power mirrors and adjustable pedals The memory control is located on the driver s door Y of E162734 To program position 1 1 Move the memory features to the desired positions using the associated controls Press and hold button 1 for at least two seconds A chime will sound confirming that amemory position has been set To program position 2 repeat the previous procedure using button 2 You can program the memory feature to aremote entry transmitter See Keys and Remote Controls page 46 You can recall a programmed memory position in any gearshift position if the ignition is not on only in position P or N if the ignition is on Super Duty TFA
555. towing a heavier trailer trailer wheel lock up may not be attainable even with the maximum gain setting of 10 Explanation of Information Display Warning Messages Note An authorized dealer can diagnose the trailer brake controller to determine exactly which trailer fault has occurred However your Ford warranty does not cover this diagnosis if the fault is with the trailer Towing TRAILER BRAKE MODULE FAULT Displays in response to faults sensed by the trailer brake controller accompanied by a single tone If this message appears contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair The controller may still function but performance may be degraded WIRING FAULT ON TRAILER Displays when there is a short circuit on the electric brake output wire If the WIRING FAULT ON TRAILER message displays accompanied by a single tone with no trailer connected the problem is with your vehicle wiring between the trailer brake controller and the 7 pin connector at the bumper If the message only displays with a trailer connected the problem is with the trailer wiring Consult your trailer dealer for assistance This can be a short to ground such as a chaffed wire short to voltage such as a pulled pin on trailer emergency breakaway battery or the trailer brakes may be drawing too much current Points to Remember Note Do not attempt removal of the trailer brake controller without consulting the Workshop
556. trol Off witching Cruise Control On ing Four Wheel Drive WD Indicator Lights Nw U Ss 4 Driving Off Road With Truck and Utility VeNlclE Soeren sacar tear A 153 Electronic Shift On the Fly ESOF 4WD SV STO i i tela aliens 49 How Your Vehicle Differs From Other VeNIC lE Sinuna iani 153 Manual Shift On Stop MSOS 4WD USING SNOW ChAinS cccscesessesesseseeeseesessees 273 Using Stability Control 165 AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC ing SYNC With Your Media c S Accessing Your Play Menu Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the USB Port edia Menu Features edia Voice Commands System Settings What s Playing ccseseeeseseeseeee Using SYNC With Your Phone Accessing Features through the Phone lt lt Accessing Your Phone Settings Making Calls Pairing a Phone for the First Time Pairing Subsequent Phones Phone Options during an Active Call Phone Voice Commands Receiving Calls System Settings Text Messaging Super Duty TFA 455 Using Traction Control System Indicator Lights and Messages Using Voice Recognition Initiating a Voice Session System Interaction and Feedback Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Omly cccscssesscseceees 210 Vehicle Ot ee 247 General Information Vehicle Certification Label Vehicle Identification Number Vehicle Storage Battery Fuel s
557. ts HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune toa station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the HD Radio logo on your screen When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen Audio System The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HDI signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the stat
558. tward for all front wheels and single rear wheel vehicles If you are replacing an inboard rear tire on dual rear wheel vehicles the valve stem must be facing outward If you are replacing the outboard wheel the valve stem must be facing inward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 290 Stow the flat tire See Stowing the flat or spare tire if the vehicle is equipped with a spare tire carrier Stow the jack jack handle and lug wrench Make sure the jack is securely fastened so it does not rattle when driving Unblock the wheels Wheels and Tires E161441 8 lug nut torque sequence 10 e P lt 7 t 1 rod Cn a G 2 a 2 9 5 4 E169375 10 lug nut torque sequence af obs Fa l AY l oe D Le a E162820 When installing the wheel center ornaments make sure that the ornament retention towers on the back side of the ornament are aligned with the studs or lug nuts The retention towers are designed to be installed over the studs or nuts and retain to the flange on the lug nut Super Duty TFA 285 E162821 If the ornament retention towers are aligned between the studs or lug nuts the ornament is improp
559. u can Add Bluetooth Device See Using SYNC With Your Phone page 317 Connect Bluetooth Device Connect a previously paired Bluetooth enabled phone Press OK to select and view a list of previously paired phones 2 Scroll until you find the desired device and then press OK to connect the phone Set as Primary Phone Set a previously paired phone as your primary phone Press OK to select and scroll to select the desired phone Press OK to confirm SYNC attempts to connect with the primary phone at every ignition cycle When you select a phone asa primary phone it appears first in the list and the system marks it with an asterisk Set Bluetooth Turn the Bluetooth feature on and off Press OK and scroll to toggle between On and Off Make a selection and then press OK Setting Bluetooth to off disconnects all Bluetooth devices and turns off all Bluetooth features Delete Device Delete a paired phone Press OK and scroll to select the device Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select Return Exit the current menu This is a speed dependent feature You can only connect one device at a time When another phone is connected the previous one is disconnected 326 Super Duty TFA SYNC If Equipped Advanced The Advanced menu allows you to access perfo
560. u can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat LO E142595 Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt Child Safety Types of Booster Seats E68924 Backless booster seats If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat E142596 Super Duty TFA E70710 High back booster seats If with a backless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the should
561. u listings Add Connect Set as Primary On and Off Delete as well as Advanced menu listings prompts languages defaults master reset install application and system information Exit Phone Menu Exit the phone menu by pressing OK This is a phone dependent feature This is a phone dependent and speed dependent feature This is an optional feature and available in the United States only This is an optional feature and available in the United States and Canada only Super Duty TFA 322 SYNC If Equipped Text Messaging Note This is a phone dependent feature SYNC allows you to receive send download and delete text messages The system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have to take your eyes off the road Receiving a Text Message Note This is a phone dependent feature Your phone must support downloading text messages using Bluetooth to receive incoming text messages When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the display indicates you have anew message You have these options Press the voice button wait for the prompt and say Read message to have SYNC read the message to you Press OK to receive and open the text message or do nothing and the message goes into your text message inbox Press OK again and SYNC reads your message aloud as you are not able to view the message You can then also choose to reply or forward the m
562. u should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling for at least 5 0 mi 8 km to allow the vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration The recommendation if you exclusively use E85 fuel is to fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline at each scheduled oil change Octane Recommendations R M 2 METHOD E161513 Fuel and Refueling We recommend regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 Some stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas We do not recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87 Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily under most driving conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on
563. ubtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used For Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled Keep a record for at least 1 month and record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy Conditions Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed Carrying unnecessary weight may reduce fuel economy approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 pounds 180 kilograms of weight carried Fuel and Refueling Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks may reduce fuel economy Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 kilometers of driving Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal Close windows for high speed driving EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS Do
564. uce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure Driving Hints To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order SNOWPLOWING Ford recommends that the Super Duty F Series used for snow removal include the snowplow package option Installing the Snowplow Weight limits and guidelines for selecting and installing the snowplow are in the Ford Truck Body Builders Layout Book snowplow section found at www fleet ford com truckbbas A typical installation affects the following Certification to government safety laws suchas occupant protection and airbag deployment braking and lighting Look for an Alterer s Label on the vehicle from the snowplow installer certifying that the installation meets all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS The Total Accessory Reserve Capacity TARC is on the lower right side of the vehicle s Safety Compliance Certification Label This applies to Ford completed vehicles of 10 000 pounds 4 536 kilograms GVWR or less This is the weight of permanently attached auxiliary equipment such as snowplow frame mounting hardware that can be added to the vehicle and s
565. uch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report MyFord Touch i equipped To run a report by voice us command press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose E166138 your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information CLIMATE Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here A Power Touch to switch the system off and on Outside air cannot enter your vehicle when you switch off the system B Passenger settings Touch or to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat See Seats page 108 C Fan speed Touch
566. uch and hold a memory preset slot sampling of all available stations This until the sound returns There is a brief feature still works when HD Radio mute while the radio saves the station reception is on although it does not Sound returns when finished When scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory see the HD logo appear if the station preset the sound mutes before the has a digital broadcast digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Note As with any saved radio station you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station
567. uch this button to cancel the active route View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints MyFord Touch it equipped Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com ford You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands When in navigation mode press us the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands Navigation system voice commands Navigation system voice commands Destination intersection Destination nearest lt POI category gt Destination nearest POI Destination play nametags Destination POI Destination POI category Destination previous destination Destination street address Detour n3 Navigation Navigation voice volume decrease Nav
568. ue Front Center and Rear Center Seats Only The cinch tongue will slide up and down the belt webbing when the belt is stowed or while putting safety belts on When the lap and shoulder safety belt is buckled the cinch tongue will allow the lap portion to be shortened but pinches the webbing to keep the lap portion from getting longer The cinch tongue is designed to slip during a crash so always wear the shoulder belt properly and do not allow any slack in either the lap or shoulder portions Before you can reach and latch a lap and shoulder belt having a cinch tongue into the buckle you may have to lengthen the lap belt portion of it w E162708 1 To lengthen the lap belt pull some webbing out of the shoulder belt retractor While holding the webbing below the tongue grasp the tip metal portion of the tongue so that it is parallel to the webbing and slide the tongue upward Provide enough lap belt length so that the tongue can reach the buckle Safety Belts Fastening the Cinch Tongue WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as low as possible around the hips not across the waist 1 Pull the lap and shoulder belt from the retractor so that the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt crosses your shoulder and chest 2 Besure the belt is not twisted If the belt is twisted remove the twist 3 Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle for your seating position until you hear a snap
569. unt of output six bars indicate maximum output Towing TRAILER CONNECTED Displays when the system senses a correct trailer wiring connection a trailer with electric trailer brakes during a given ignition cycle TRAILER DISCONNECTED Displays accompanied by a single audible time when the system senses a trailer connection and then a disconnection either intentional or unintentional during a given ignition cycle It also displays if a truck or trailer wiring fault occurs causing the trailer to appear disconnected This message can also display if you use the manual control lever without a trailer connected B Manual control lever Slide the control lever to the left to turn on the trailer s electric brakes independent of the tow vehicle s See the following Procedure for adjusting gain section for instructions on proper use of this feature If you use the manual control while the brake is also applied the greater of the two inputs determines the power sent to the trailer brakes Stop lamps Using the manual control lever illuminates both the trailer brake lamps and your vehicle brake lamps except the center high mount stop lamp if you make the proper electrical connection to the trailer Pressing your vehicle brake pedal also illuminates both trailer and vehicle brake lamps Procedure for Adjusting Gain Note Only perform this procedure in a traffic free environment at speeds of approximately 20 25 mph 30 40 km
570. ure to disconnect cables from all batteries when disconnecting power Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed calla physician immediately Note f your battery has a cover shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced Note Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Maintenance Note Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer
571. us in Canada at 1 800 665 2006 or visit our website at www ford ca Roadside Emergencies HAZARD WARNINGFLASHERS Note The hazard warning flashers will operate when the ignition is in any position or if the key is not in the ignition If used when the engine is not running the battery will lose charge As a result there may be insufficient power to restart your engine In some models the hazard UN flasher control is located on the instrument panel In other models this feature is located on the steering column just behind the steering wheel E161463 Use your hazard warning flashers when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction indicators flash Press the flasher control again to turn them off FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision Super Duty TFA In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle is equipped with a fuel pump shut off feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shut off Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle by doing the following 1 Turn the ignition off 2 Turn the ignition to crank 3
572. usage Miles to empty Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running out of fuel Super Duty TFA Average MPG Shows the average fuel Usage based on time Press and hold OK to reset this value 87 Information Displays Fuel Hist Truck Apps Shows fuel usage as a bar graph based on In this mode off road time The graph is updated each minute information depicted with with the fuel economy that was achieved graphics and trailer towing during the prior 5 10 30 minutes of driving application options are available Note Some items are optional and may not appear Truck Apps Off Road Pitch and bank angle in degrees Steering angle in degrees Differential lock unlock Energy flow Press OK for Info ELD Electronic Locking Differential Hill Descent Control 4X4 System Traction Control AdvanceTrac RSC Trailer Active trailer name or default trailer Accumulated trailer distance Trailer gain and output Trailer Disconnected Press OK for options Options Change Active Trailer Adding a new trailer Connection Checklist if Conventional Fifth equipped Wheel or Gooseneck Delete Trailer Information Screen Tow Haul or Trailer Brake Controller 88 Super Duty TFA Information Displays Truck Apps cont d Trailer cont d Press OK for options Rename Trailer
573. utton to adjust settings for Bass Midrange Treble Balance and Fade DSP Digital Signal processing Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression Touch this button to turn the compression feature on and off Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands If you are listening to a CD press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the following commands MyFord Touch i equipped CD Pause Play y Play next track O O O Ge Play previous track Play track lt 1 512 gt E142619 The SD card slot is located either in the Repeat folder center console or behind a small access door in the instrument panel To access Repeat off and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen Repeat Repeat track Shuffle Shuffle CD Shuffle folder Shuffle off E142620 Help SD logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC This applies to WMA or MP3 files only USB Port SD Card Slot and USB Port Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to Q Q O pull the card to remove it as
574. vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle After driving through mud clean off residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts can cause an imbalance that could damage drive components Water If you must drive through high water drive slowly Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth and avoid water higher than the bottom of the hubs If the ignition system gets wet your vehicle may stall Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes do not stop your vehicle as effectively as dry brakes Drying can be improved by applying light pressure to the brake pedal while moving slowly Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Although natural obstacles may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline you should always try to drive straight up or straight down Super Duty TFA Note Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills A danger lies in losing traction slipping sideways and possible vehicle roll over Whenever driving on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over the crest of a hill without seeing
575. vehicle represents the booster vehicle a 1 a h sl a 4 E142664 Super Duty TFA 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery 4 Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or connect the negative cable to a ground connection point if available WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 roms as shown in your tachometer Start the engine of the disabled vehicle Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables wn Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected Roadside Emergencies POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM A The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the Py vay event of a
576. vices and return to the factory default settings Press OK to select The display indicates when complete and SYNC takes you back to the Advanced menu Install Application Install applications you have downloaded Press OK and scroll to select Press OK to confirm Delete All Devices Delete all previously paired phones and all information originally saved with those phones Press OK to select System Info Super Duty TFA Access the Auto Version number as well as the FDN number 327 SYNC If Equipped If you select Press OK to select You can MAP Profile This is a Bluetooth component which can further help your phone with the exchange of text messages Return Exit the current menu SYNC APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES iF equippep In order for the following features to work your cellular phone must be compatible with SYNC To check your phone s compatibility visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca SYNC Services Provides access to traffic directions and information such as travel horoscopes stock prices and more 911 Assist Can alert 911 in the event of an emergency Vehicle Health Report Provides a diagnostic and maintenance report card of your vehicle This is an optional feature and available in the United States only 911 Assist WARNINGS Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the sy
577. ving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving Store the portable music player in a secure location such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving A Super Duty TFA 382 D E142622 Your A V inputs allow you to connect an auxiliary audio video source such as a gaming systems or a personal camcorder by connecting RCA cords not included to these input jacks The jacks are yellow red and white and are located either behind a small access door on the instrument panel or in your center console You can also use the A V inputs as an auxiliary input jack to play music from your portable music player over your vehicle s speakers Plug in your 1 8 inch 3 5 millimeter RCA adapter into the two left A V input jacks red and white Press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select A V In To use the auxiliary input jack feature make sure that your portable music player is designed
578. w the service engine soon indicator is on Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start and the horn will not sound if you do not follow this sequence E138626 The label on your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button to lock all the doors 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start Note f you remote start your vehicle with an integrated keyhead transmitter you must switch the ignition on before driving your vehicle If you remote start your vehicle with an intelligent access transmitter you must press the START STOP button on the instrument panel once while applying the brake pedal before driving your vehicle The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn on automatically The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting Keys and Remote Controls Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If the duration is set to last 10 minutes the duration will extend by another 10 minutes For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle w
579. with different levels of coverage Ask your authorized dealer for details PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 500 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only discuss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Ford and Lincoln dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Ford Motor Company Super Duty TFA That means you get Reliable quality service anywhere you go Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using Genuine Ford and Lincoln parts Rental Car Reimbursement Ist day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including Bumper to Bumper warranty repairs or Field Service Actions Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts Out of fuel and lock out assistance Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation
580. xits the current menu when you press OK If you select Send Text Message 1 Press OK to select If the system detects your phone does not support this feature Unsupported appears in the display and SYNC returns to the main menu Scroll to cycle through the message options in the following chart SYNC If Equipped 3 Press OK when the desired selection is in the display 4 Enter the name of the recipient Scroll to cycle through Phonebook or Call History entries You can also select Enter Number to say the desired number 5 Press OK to enter the desired menu and scroll to select the specific contact 6 Press OK when the contact appears and press OK again to confirm when the system asks if you would like to send the message The system sends each text message with the following Pre defined text message options No Why Thanks Where R you need more directions love you Too funny Can t wait to see you signature This message was sent I m stuck in traffic from my lt Ford or Lincoln gt Accessing Your Phone Settings Pre defined text message options These are phone dependent features Your Can t talk right now phone settings allow you to access and adjust features such as your ring tone text Call me message notification modify your phonebook and set up automatic Call U later download Be there in 10 minutes 1 Pres
581. y Special Instructions Using your Vehicle as an Ambulance Using your Vehicle as a Stationary Power SOU CE angna R Ai 13 Using your Vehicle with a Snowplow 12 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance 6 2L and 6 8L Gasoline Eng 6 7L Diesel Engine Exceptions Index Speed Control See Cruise CONtIOL ecseeseesseseeseeseseseseenees 174 Stability CONMtrOL i cesesceseseseestesesteseeeses 165 Principle Of OPeEratiOn ccccesceseseseeeseeeeees 165 Starter Switch See Ignition SWITCH eee cstesteseeseseeseeeeseeneeee 130 Starting a Gasoline Engine 131 Cold Weather Starting Flexible Fuel Vehicles Only Failure to Start OWING E E E E ET 131 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Statia ynnau a 131 Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information Steering Steering Wheel Storage Compartments Sunroof See Moonroof Sun Visors Illuminated Vanity Mirror Slide on rod Supplementary Restraints System Principle of Operation Symbols Glossary SYNC Applications and Services 911 Assist SYNC AppLink SYNC Services Traffic Directions amp Information TDI If Equipped Unites States Only Vehicle Health Report SYNC General Information SYNC Troubleshooting T Tailgate Bed Extender Tailgate Lock Tailgate Removal Tailgate Step Super Duty TFA 454 Technical Specifications Se
582. y TFA Note Consult an authorized dealer to determine the maximum trailer weight allowed for your vehicle if you are not sure ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives yOu See Load limits in the Load Carrying chapter for load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label and instructions on calculating your vehicle s load Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight Towing Trailer Towing Connector E163167 When attaching the trailer wiring connector to your vehicle only use a proper fitting connector that works with the vehicle and trailer functions Some seven position connectors may have the SAE J2863 logo which confirms that it is the proper wiring connector and works correctly with your vehicle Color Function Yellow Left turn signal and stop lamp White Ground Blue Electric brakes Green Righ
583. y international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved Super Duty TFA The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF
584. y off the ground Note Hydraulic jacks are equipped with a pressure release valve that prevents lifting loads which exceed the jack s rated capacity 3 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 4 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward on all front an inboard rear wheels If you are replacing the outboard wheel the valve stem must be facing inward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 5 Lower the wheel by slowly turning the release valve counterclockwise Opening the release valve slowly will provide a more controlled rate of descent 6 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 290 7 Stow the flat tire See Stowing the flat or spare tire if the vehicle is equipped with a spare tire carrier E162819 Super Duty TFA 8 Stow the jack jack handle and lug wrench Make sure the jack is securely fastened so it does not rattle when driving 9 Unblock the wheels 1 6 7 9 i amp e 4 3 e 2 S f 5 E161441 2 8 lug nut torque sequence 10 1 7 8 f 5 A u G 7 lt 4 d E169375 2 9 10 lug nut torque sequence Installing Dual Rear Wheel Ornaments E162822 Wheels and Tires 1 Align the ornament with the lug nuts Ais the clip and B is the flange
585. y or highway for a steady 15 minutes followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing you will have to repeat the above driving cycle 141 Super Duty TFA Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in P Park Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle Do not use the tow haul feature when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide and the vehicle to swing around with the possible loss of vehicle control Understanding the Shift Positions of the 5 Speed Automatic Transmission if equipped PRND321 E161511 Putting your vehicle in or out of gear Fully press down the brake pedal 2 Move the gearshift lever into the desired gear 3 Come to a complete stop 4 Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in P Park P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning Super Duty TFA
586. yer volume down If the problem of the FM station or CD by switching persists replace or recharge the back and forth between the controls batteries in the portable media player In order to playback video from your iPod Control the portable media player in or iPhone you must have a special the same manner when used with combination USB RCA composite video headphones as the auxiliary input jack cable which you can buy from Apple does not provide control such as Play When you connect the cable to your iPod or Pause over the attached portable or iPhone plug the other end into both the media player RCA jacks and the USB port PHONE E161968 383 Super Duty TFA MyFord Touch if equipped Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History Messaging Settings nmo ouv gt Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions Answering an incoming call Ending a call Using privacy mode Dialing a number Redialing Call waiting notification Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility se
587. ystem General Heated and Ventilated Seats Air Filter REPlACEMENL esscssssessescesessesesseseesestessseseenees 116 Ventilation See Climate Control cece 103 VIN See Vehicle Identification Number Voice Control Index Warning Lamps and Indicators 77 BX EE 80 4X4 HIGH 80 4X4 LOW Anti Lock Braking System Batten nesini Brake System Check Fuel Cap Cruise Control Diesel Warning Lights 80 Direction IMA CAtO aia 78 Door Ajar Electronic Locking Differential 78 Engine Coolant Temperature 78 Engine Oil Fasten Safety Belt Front Airbag High Beam Hill Descent Low Fuel Level Low Tire Pressure WAMrNING cccceseeseseeeeeees 79 Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Electronic Throttle Control 79 Service Engine Soon Stability Control Stability Control Off Transmission Tow Haul Washer Fluid CHeCK c cccscesesessecteseseseees Washers See Cleaning the Exterior See Wipers and Washers Wheel Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel Wheels and Tir S cc0000 General Information Technical Specifications Windows and Mirrors Windshield Washers Windshield Wipers Speed dependent wipers Wipers and Washers 456 Super Duty TFA

2014 SUPER DUTY Owner`s Manual - Dealer e

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents